0% found this document useful (0 votes)
31 views662 pages

HSC Economics Examinations - Combined 1995-2023

Combined HSC Economics Exams with Answer Key links for all multiple choice sections.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
31 views662 pages

HSC Economics Examinations - Combined 1995-2023

Combined HSC Economics Exams with Answer Key links for all multiple choice sections.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 662

Centre Number

NSW Education Standards Authority Student Number

2023 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2023
Economics
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used
• Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–10)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 13–24)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 25–27)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 28)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2060
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 What is the role of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(OECD)?

A. To provide interest-free loans to developing economies


B. To promote sustainable growth and employment for member countries
C. To boost global financial liquidity during financial crises and global downturns

2023
D. To provide a forum for leaders and finance ministers of the seven largest economies

2 Which of the following is the largest export industry in terms of value for Australia?

A. Manufacturing
B. Mining
C. Rural
D. Services

3 An economy’s labour force participation rate falls from 65% to 60%.

What is a possible reason for this change?

A. An increase in this economy’s GDP


B. An increase in funding for childcare places
C. The official school leaving age has been increased from 16 to 18 years
D. The official retirement age of workers has been increased from 65 to 68 years
4 The diagram shows the aggregate demand and supply curves for an economy.

Price
level

AS

P2
P1
AD2
AD1

Y1 Y2 National income

2023
(real GDP)

What may have caused the shift from AD1 to AD2?

A. A decrease in taxation
B. An increase in imports
C. A decrease in consumption
D. An increase in capacity constraints

5 To protect its domestic farmers, Country A has increased tariffs on imports of agricultural
products from Country B.

Which row of the table shows the effect of the higher tariff on each country?

Consumer prices for agricultural Producer’s income in


products in Country A Country B
A. Higher Increased
B. Higher Decreased
C. Lower Increased
D. Lower Decreased
6 What is a likely effect on Australia of signing a multilateral free trade agreement?

A. An increase in trade with non-member countries


B. An increase in tariff revenue for the government
C. An increase in long-run real gross domestic product
D. Lower levels of short-term structural unemployment

7 Which of the following is an example of a public good?

A. Clean air
B. Public housing
C. Internet access

2023
D. Government buses

8 Which of the following represents a contractionary change in fiscal stance from Year 1
to Year 2?

Budget outcome Budget outcome


Year 1 Year 2
A. $15 million surplus $5 million surplus
B. $10 million deficit $10 million deficit
C. $15 million deficit $20 million deficit
D. $10 million surplus $20 million surplus
9 The table shows data for Country A.

Country A Human development index


Year 1 0.46
Year 2 0.57
Year 3 0.62

It is likely that Country A has experienced

A. increased levels of protection.


B. decreased access to technology.
C. greater access to transport and communication.

2023
D. decreased levels of international financial flows.

10 A country has decided to decrease its import quota on a particular good.

What is the most likely reason for this decision?

A. To reduce dumping on domestic markets


B. To reduce its current account surplus in the long term
C. To increase the standard of living and income of its citizens
D. To encourage specialisation in the industry in which it has a comparative advantage
11 The following diagram shows a foreign exchange market for Australian dollars.

Price of S2
$A in $US
S1

D
Quantity of $A

2023
Which of the following is most likely to have caused the shift in supply of $A from S1
to S2?

A. An increase in commodity prices


B. A decrease in interest rates in Australia
C. A decrease in Australia’s demand for imports
D. A decrease in investment opportunities in Australia

12 If the Reserve Bank of Australia adjusts the interest rate corridor to decrease the cash rate
target, which of the following is most likely to occur?

Asset prices Investment


A. Decrease Decrease
B. Decrease Increase
C. Increase Decrease
D. Increase Increase
13 The table shows hypothetical data for Country X.

Loans owed by Country X to foreigners $1200 billion


Loans owed by foreigners to Country X $300 billion
Foreign assets owned by Country X $200 billion
Country X assets owned by foreigners $500 billion

What is the value of Net Foreign Liabilities for Country X?

A. $600 billion
B. $800 billion
C. $900 billion

2023
D. $1200 billion

14 A government imposes a tax to reduce a negative externality of production.

How does this seek to correct the market failure?

A. Increases the marginal private cost


B. Decreases the marginal private cost
C. Increases the marginal private benefit
D. Decreases the marginal private benefit

15 A country has experienced a significant deterioration in its terms of trade (ToT).

What combination of events could have caused this?

Export price index Import price index


A. 10% decrease 20% increase
B. 20% decrease 20% decrease
C. 10% increase 20% decrease
D. 20% increase 20% increase
16 The diagram shows the fixed exchange rate for a hypothetical economy.

Exchange
rate in $US S

1.00

0.75

0.50 Fixed exchange rate

D
Quantity

2023
What action will the central bank of this economy need to undertake to maintain this
rate?

A. Increase interest rates


B. Buy foreign currency
C. Buy domestic currency
D. Restrict currency outflows

17 The table shows CPI data for an economy.

Expenditure Weighting factor in CPI CPI by expenditure group


group (%) (base year = 100)
Education 15 115
Food 35 110
Health 20 125
Housing 16 130

Which expenditure group made the greatest contribution to inflation?

A. Education
B. Food
C. Health
D. Housing
18 The table shows national income data for a hypothetical economy.

Year National income Consumption Savings


($ million) ($ million) ($ million)
1 1000 750 250
2 1100 830 270
3 ? – –

If the government increased its level of expenditure by $50 million in Year 3, what would
be the new level of national income?

A. $1150 million
B. $1200 million

2023
C. $1350 million
D. $1600 million

19 The graph shows the demand and supply for T-shirts in Country X at the world price
of $5.

Market for T-shirts in Country X


Price
($) S

25
20
15
10
5 World price
D
25 50 75 100 125 150 175 Quantity (’000)

Country X would like to reduce the number of imported T-shirts by 50 000.

What subsidy would Country X need to pay its domestic producers per T-shirt to achieve
this reduction in the number of imports?

A. $5
B. $10
C. $15
D. $20
20 The table shows trade weightings for five of Australia’s trading partners.

Currency Trade weight (%)


Chinese renminbi 31
Japanese yen 13
European euro 9
US dollar 8
South Korean won 7

Which pair of movements would cause a decrease in the Trade Weighted Index?

2023
10% appreciation of 10% depreciation of
the $A against the the $A against the
A. Chinese renminbi European euro
B. Japanese yen South Korean won
C. European euro US dollar
D. US dollar Japanese yen
2023
BLANK PAGE
2023
BLANK PAGE

– 12 –
© 2023 NSW Education Standards Authority
2023 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

2023
40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

– 13 –

2061 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Outline TWO roles of the World Trade Organization (WTO). 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain why countries trade. 3

...............................................................................................................................

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 15

– 14 –
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain the possible effects of a reduction in global trade protection on the 5
global distribution of income.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 15 –
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) The data shows the balance of payments for an economy under a floating 1
exchange rate.

Components Dollars
billion
Export goods 20
Import goods 10
Net services 30
Net primary income 30
Net secondary income ?

2023
Capital account 10
Financial account –70

Do NOT write in this area.


Calculate the value of net secondary income (dollars billion) for the balance of
payments data shown.

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain the relationship between the current account and the capital and 3
financial account in this economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 17

– 16 –
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Assess the possible effects of a depreciation of the currency on the current 6
account in this economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 17 –
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) The diagram shows a Lorenz curve for a hypothetical economy. 1

Cumulative % of national income

y
lit
ua
eq
of
ne
Li

2023
Cumulative % of households
ranked by income

Do NOT write in this area.


The Gini coefficient for this economy has decreased. Sketch the new Lorenz
curve on the diagram above.

(b) Outline ONE way a government could decrease income inequality. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) How can family structure contribute to income inequality? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 19

– 18 –
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Analyse the economic and social costs of an increase in income inequality. 5

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 19 –
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Outline ONE benefit of training and employment programs for the Australian 2
economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how the use of individualised methods of determining employment 3


contracts may benefit employers and employees.

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 21

– 20 –
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Assess the effectiveness of using microeconomic policies to reduce 5


unemployment in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2023
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 21 –
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2023 Do NOT write in this area.

– 22 –
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2023
Do NOT write in this area.

– 23 –
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2023 Do NOT write in this area.

– 24 – © 2023 NSW Education Standards Authority

Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2023 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:

2023
● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Please turn over

2062 – 25 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Analyse how changes to the value, composition and direction of Australia’s trade have affected
its economic performance. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

In June 2019, Australia recorded its first current account surplus in 44 years
– a trend that has continued to the present (May 2023). The surplus has been
driven by Australia’s exports, fuelled by record-high commodity prices. As
a result, exports have contributed strongly to Australia’s economic growth
and external stability.

© Commonwealth of Australia/Services Australia

Exports by destination
Annual share of total values

2023
%

30

20

10

0
2001 2005 2009 2013 2017 2021

KEY
China Japan India
EU* US

*The graph has been revised to exclude the UK

Reserve Bank of Australia, January 2023


© Reserve Bank of Australia, January 2023

OR

– 26 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the possible effects on the Australian economy of pursuing the goal of environmental
sustainability. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

The sustainable use of energy and energy security is becoming an increasing


issue for countries seeking social cohesion and economic prosperity. In
Australia, as demand for energy increases there will be a greater emphasis in
optimising energy efficiency.

Services Australia, Environmental Sustainability Policy, November 2022


© Commonwealth of Australia/Services Australia

Australian coal exports scenario


Annual exports

2023
Current policies
400
Tonnes (million)

300

200

Net-zero 2050

100

2020
0
2005 2014 2023 2032 2041 2050

Reserve Bank of Australia, August 2022


© Reserve Bank of Australia, August 2022

Please turn over


Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

2023
Question 27 (20 marks)

Evaluate the impact of globalisation in achieving economic growth and development on an


economy other than Australia.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Evaluate the effectiveness of Australia’s macroeconomic policies in achieving economic


growth and price stability.

End of paper

© 2023 NSW Education Standards Authority


NSW Education Standards Authority

2022 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2022
Economics
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–8)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 9–20)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 21–23)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 24)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2060
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is responsible for the promotion of global financial stability?

A. World Bank
B. United Nations
C. International Monetary Fund

2022
D. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

2 A jobless person has now stopped looking for work due to the lack of suitable job
vacancies.

Which row of the table shows how this person would now be counted in official labour
force data?

Unemployed In the labour force


A. No No
B. No Yes
C. Yes No
D. Yes Yes

3 Which of the following will NOT contribute to the process of globalisation?

A. Increase in international migration


B. Increase in international financial flows
C. Trade policies which are less protectionist
D. Decrease in significance of transnational corporations

–2–
4 Full employment is said to occur when the unemployment rate is

A. equal to zero.
B. low and unemployment is only cyclical.
C. low and unemployment is only structural.
D. low and consistent with a non-accelerating rate of inflation.

5 Which of the following is most likely to result from a depreciation in a nation’s currency?

A. Its imports become cheaper and its inflation decreases.


B. Its imports become more expensive and its inflation increases.
C. Its exports become cheaper and its inflation decreases.

2022
D. Its exports become more expensive and its inflation increases.

6 Farmers purchase and trade permits for water use along a river.

This is an example of environmental management through the use of

A. targets.
B. regulations.
C. market-based policies.
D. international agreements.

7 An Australian company buys shares in a European bank to the value of $1 million.

Where would this be recorded on the Capital and Financial Account?

A. Direct investment
B. Portfolio investment
C. Financial derivatives
D. Other investment

–3–
8 The diagram shows a shift in aggregate demand for an economy.

Average
price AS
level

AD
AD1
Real GDP

All other things being equal, which of the following factors is NOT likely to have caused
this shift?

2022
A. An increase in exports
B. An increase in imports
C. A decrease in business investment
D. A decrease in government expenditure

9 Why might a government look to end a short-term wage subsidy?

A. To expand the economy


B. To reduce the government budget deficit
C. To reduce the government budget surplus
D. To discourage employers from hiring new employees

10 A government denies a proposed merger between two airlines.

What is this an example of?

A. Regulation being used to enhance competition in a factor market


B. Regulation being used to enhance competition in a product market
C. Deregulation being used to enhance competition in a factor market
D. Deregulation being used to enhance competition in a product market

–4–
11 The table shows selected information for the balance of payments for a country with a
floating exchange rate.

Component Amount
($ billion)
Net goods 80.5
Net services 10.2
Primary income −63.8
Secondary income −4.3
Capital account −13.2
Financial account −17.5
Net error and omissions 8.1

2022
What is the balance on the Current Account?

A. $22.6 billion
B. −$22.6 billion
C. $30.7 billion
D. −$30.7 billion

12 What would be the likely impact of a change in a goods and services tax (GST) from 10%
to 15%?

A. Decreased Gini coefficient and greater income equality


B. Decreased Gini coefficient and greater income inequality
C. Increased Gini coefficient and greater income equality
D. Increased Gini coefficient and greater income inequality

13 Which of the following is most likely to increase the labour force participation rate?

A. A decrease in the tax-free threshold


B. An increase in the childcare subsidy
C. An increase in the highest marginal tax rate
D. An increase in the minimum school leaving age

–5–
14 Which row of the table shows the combination of shifts in the aggregate demand (AD)
and aggregate supply (AS) curves that is most likely to lower gross domestic product
(GDP)?

Shift in aggregate Shift in aggregate


demand curve supply curve
A. Right Right
B. Right Left
C. Left Right
D. Left Left

2022
15 Which of the following would most likely cause the non-accelerating inflation rate of
unemployment (NAIRU) to fall?

A. Increased interest rates


B. Increased company tax rate
C. Increased government spending on welfare payments
D. Increased government spending on vocational training

16 In Year 1, four countries each had real GDP of $20 billion.

The figures for Year 2 for each country are shown in the table.

Nominal GDP CPI


($ billion)
Country A 18 90
Country B 22 110
Country C 23 118
Country D 27 130

Which country experienced negative economic growth in real terms in Year 2?

A. Country A
B. Country B
C. Country C
D. Country D

–6–
17 The table shows data for a three-sector economy.

Year Income (Y) Consumption (C)


($ million) ($ million)
1 2000 1600

2 2400 1920

What will be the level of income in Year 3 if investment falls by $30 million?

A. $1970 million
B. $2250 million
C. $2370 million

2022
D. $2400 million

18 The table shows selected information for a hypothetical economy.

Year Export price index Import price index


1 100 100
2 115 105
3 110 85

Which row of the table below shows the change in terms of trade (ToT) from Year 2 to
Year 3 and a corresponding possible reason for this change?

ToT Reason
A. Improves Reduction in foreign labour costs
B. Improves Increase in global demand for exports
C. Deteriorates Decrease in global demand for exports
D. Deteriorates Increase in the supply of foreign raw materials

–7–
Refer to the following diagram to answer Questions 19−20.

The diagram shows the market for a good in a particular economy.

S
18
16
14
12
Price
($) 10
8
6 D
4

2022
2

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Quantity (millions)

This economy initially had a tariff of $6 placed upon the world price of $8 for this good.

The government has now reduced the tariff from $6 to $4.

19 All else remaining unchanged, what is the impact of this change in tariff on government
revenue?

A. Increase of $80 million


B. Decrease of $80 million
C. Increase of $240 million
D. Decrease of $240 million

20 All else remaining unchanged, by how much does the revenue of foreign producers of
this good change as a result of this lower tariff?

A. $40 million
B. $80 million
C. $160 million
D. $240 million

–8–
© 2022 NSW Education Standards Authority
2022 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

2022
40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

–9–
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2061 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Define the term fiscal policy. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain a possible consequence of ONE method of financing a budget deficit. 3

Name of method: ............................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain the economic factors that have contributed to the Australian 5
Government’s current fiscal policy stance.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Using examples, distinguish between a public good and a private good. 2
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how the use of solar panels by households can create a positive 3
externality.

2022
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain how a government’s objective of environmental sustainability may 5


conflict with its other economic objectives.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Outline how the value of a currency is determined under a floating exchange 2
rate system.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain the impact of an increase in a country’s cash rate on its exchange rate. 3
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain likely changes to the structure of industry in Australia as a result of 5


current trends in the global economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Consider an economy other than Australia.

Name of economy: ..........................................................................................

(i) Explain ONE positive impact that trade has had on this economy. 3
...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

2022
...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain ONE negative impact that trade has had on this economy. 3
...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(b) A country has decided to increase its quota of imported beef. 4

Discuss the likely impact of this increase on this country’s economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2022
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2022 Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2022
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2022 Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2022 NSW Education Standards Authority

Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2022 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:

2022
● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Please turn over

2062 – 21 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of changes in the components of the balance of payments on the value of
the Australian dollar. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

The current account surplus reached another record high in the March quarter
2021, driven by a record $5.2 billion increase in the balance on goods and services
surplus. Exports of goods and services rose $7.8 billion (7 per cent), while imports
of goods and services rose $2.6 billion (3 per cent). The net primary income deficit
rose by $3.1 billion to $6.0 billion in the March quarter 2021.
Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021
©Australian Bureau of Statistics

Australian dollar/US dollar exchange rate 2012–2022

2022
1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022

Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2022


© Statista Pte Ltd

Current account as a % of GDP


4

–2

–4

–6
2012 2014 2016 2018 2020

Reserve Bank of Australia


©RBA
OR

– 22 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of labour market policies on economic growth and the distribution of
income and wealth in Australia. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

While aggregate wages growth has picked up recently, it has only returned to
the low rates prevailing before the pandemic . . . This partly reflects elements
of Australia’s wage-setting processes, which create inertia [lack of change] in
aggregate wage outcomes. These processes include enterprise agreements that
tend to only get renegotiated once every two to three years, the annual review
of award wages by the Fair Work Commission and public sector wages policies.
Speech delivered by Phillip Lowe, Governor, RBA, December 2021
© Australian Bureau of Statistics

Productivity 2016–17 2017–18 2018–19 2019–20 2020–21

2022
GDP per hour worked 0.8 0.2 –0.1 1.5 1.2
Gross value added per hour 1.4 0.3 0.0 1.8 1.2
worked market sector

Real unit labour costs –4.0 0.1 –0.7 –1.7 –2.9

Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021


©Australian Bureau of Statistics

Wages and GDP growth rates, 2012–2022


4

–2

–4

–6
–8
2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 2022

KEY
Wages growth GDP growth

Adapted from Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021


©Australian Bureau of Statistics

Please turn over

– 23 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

2022
Question 27 (20 marks)

Compare how inflation affects individuals, firms and government in Australia.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse reasons for the differences that exist between nations in terms of economic growth
and development.

End of paper

– 24 –
© 2022 NSW Education Standards Authority
NSW Education Standards Authority

2021 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2021
Economics
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–8)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 9–20)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 21–23)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 24)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2060
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 What is a role of the World Trade Organisation?

A. To resolve trade disputes


B. To provide low interest loans
C. To set tariff rates and subsidy levels
D. To organise countries into trading blocs

2021
2 A hypothetical economy has a small population, a wide export base and a high per capita
income.

How would this economy be classified?

A. Emerging
B. Advanced
C. Developing
D. Economic forum

3 Which of the following is NOT contained in the National Employment Standards?

A. Annual leave
B. Public holidays
C. National minimum wage
D. Requests for flexible working arrangements

–2–
4 A government budgets for a deficit but then there is an unexpected decrease in the level
of economic activity.

Which row of the table shows the most likely change in tax revenue and the deficit that
results?

Tax revenue Deficit


A. Fall Increase
B. Fall Decrease
C. Rise Increase
D. Rise Decrease

5 Which of the following reflects deliberate changes in fiscal policy?

2021
A. Cyclical component
B. Structural component
C. Headline cash balance
D. Underlying cash balance

6 The Gini coefficient of a hypothetical economy has changed from 0.2 to 0.3.

An increase in which of the following is most likely to have caused this?

A. The tax-free threshold


B. A tax on consumption
C. Business spending on training
D. Government spending on welfare

7 Which of the following is a correct statement about an automatic stabiliser?

A. An increase in marginal income tax rates slows economic growth.


B. An increase in infrastructure spending increases economic growth.
C. A reduction in unemployment benefit rates slows economic growth.
D. Taxpayers moving into higher tax brackets slows economic growth.

–3–
8 Which of the following would lead to an increase in free trade?

A. Decrease in export incentives and increase in tariffs


B. Increase in export incentives and decrease in subsidies
C. Increase in size of existing quotas and decrease in tariffs
D. Decrease in size of existing quotas and decrease in subsidies

9 A hypothetical economy has moved from a Current Account Deficit to a Current Account
Surplus.

Which of the following is most likely to explain this?

A. A decrease in net saving and depreciation of the currency

2021
B. A decrease in the price of imports and depreciation of the currency
C. An increase in export prices and an increase in debt servicing costs
D. An increase in business investment and a decrease in portfolio investment

10 The graph shows the business cycle for an economy.

GDP

X
Y

Time

Which row of the table shows the combination of changes that would most likely move
GDP from X to Y ?

Taxation Cash rate


A. Rise Fall
B. Fall Fall
C. Fall Rise
D. Rise Rise

–4–
11 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Consumer Price Index (CPI)


1 130
2 140
3 148

What is the inflation rate for Year 3?

A. 5.4%
B. 5.7%
C. 6.2%

2021
D. 8.0%

12 In a hypothetical economy, there is an increase in the marginal propensity to save (MPS).

Which row of the table shows the likely effects on both the national income and the
simple multiplier?

National income Simple multiplier


A. Increased Increased
B. Increased Decreased
C. Decreased Increased
D. Decreased Decreased

13 Which of the following statements is most correct in relation to public goods?

A. Each additional user of a public good affects the amount available to others.
B. Private companies supply public goods because they make a profit from them.
C. Anyone can benefit from using public goods without paying directly for them.
D. Low income earners are disadvantaged because they cannot afford public goods.

–5–
14 Migrant workers in Australia often send money back to their families overseas.

How is this recorded in Australia’s Current Account?

A. Primary Income debit


B. Primary Income credit
C. Secondary Income debit
D. Secondary Income credit

15 Which of the following is most likely to cause an increase in both the participation rate
and the unemployment rate?

A. An increase in the minimum wage

2021
B. An increase in government spending
C. An increase in hidden unemployment
D. An increase in the age of school leavers

16 A new tollway eliminates 24 sets of traffic lights.

Which of the following is NOT an externality as a result of the new tollway?

A. More noise pollution


B. More traffic on local streets
C. Increased value of nearby land
D. Decreased travel times for users

–6–
17 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

Labour force Part-time Unemployed Working-age


employed population
(million) (million) (million) (million)
Year 1 13.6 2.7 2.5 25
Year 2 14.3 2.9 2.3 26

Which of the following best describes the changes to the unemployment rate and the
participation rate from Year 1 to Year 2?

Unemployment rate Participation rate


A. Decreased Increased

2021
B. Increased Decreased
C. Decreased Decreased
D. Increased Increased

18 The table shows Balance of Payments data for a hypothetical economy.

Balance of Payments category $ billion


Imports of goods and services $110
Exports of goods and services $125
Net Primary Income –$30
Net Secondary Income –$20
Capital Account –$45
Financial Account Z

What is the value of the Balance of Goods and Services (BOGS) and the value of Z ?

BOGS Z
A. –$15 –$95
B. –$15 $80
C. $15 –$95
D. $15 $80

–7–
19 A hypothetical economy is operating under a managed exchange rate. The exchange rate
is to be maintained between $0.60–$0.70 USD. There has been an increase in demand
for the domestic currency leading to its value moving outside the central bank’s range.

How should the central bank intervene to move the exchange rate towards its range?

A. Increase cash rate to appreciate the currency


B. Decrease cash rate to depreciate the currency
C. Sell foreign currency to appreciate the currency
D. Buy domestic currency to depreciate the currency

20 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

2021
Nominal Gross Domestic Consumer Price Index (CPI)
Product (GDP) ($bn)
Year 1 200 100
Year 2 250 115
Year 3 300 125

What is the real economic growth rate for this economy in Year 3?

A. 8.7%
B. 9.6%
C. 10.4%
D. 20%

–8–
© 2021 NSW Education Standards Authority
2021 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

2021
40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

–9–
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2061 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Outline ONE influence of the G20 on the global economy. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Distinguish between trading blocs and monetary unions. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Evaluate strategies used to promote economic development in an economy other 6


than Australia.

Economy: ........................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) The diagram shows the private costs and private benefits of producing plastic 1
bottles.

Price
Private cost

Private benefit

2021
Quantity

On the diagram, draw the curve that would include the total cost to society of

Do NOT write in this area.


producing these bottles.

(b) Explain how ONE market-based policy can affect environmental sustainability 4
in Australia. Support your answer with an example.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain the limitations of economic policies in relation to Australia’s ability to 5


achieve environmental sustainability.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Outline the impact of an increase in the minimum wage on cost inflation. 2
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain the effects of low inflation on the Australian economy. 4


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) How can microeconomic policies reduce the non-accelerating inflation rate of 4
unemployment (NAIRU)? Support your answer with an Australian example.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Outline how an increase in protectionist policies in the global economy could 2
affect the demand for the Australian dollar.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how the Australian dollar can both appreciate against the US dollar and 3
depreciate against the trade weighted index at the same time.
...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Analyse the effects of an appreciation of the Australian dollar on the Australian 5
economy.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

2021
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2021 Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2021
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2021 Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2021 NSW Education Standards Authority

Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2021 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

2021
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Please turn over

2062 – 21 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Evaluate the effectiveness of Australia’s fiscal policy in managing unemployment, income


distribution and external stability. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

Australian Government Budget Balance


2.5

0.0
Percent of nominal GDP (%)

–2.5

–5.0

2021
–7.5

–10.0

–12.5
07/08 11/12 15/16 19/20 23/24
Estimate

Reserve Bank of Australia 2021


Reproduced by permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

The Government’s economic response was designed to support Australian


households and businesses through an exceptionally difficult period. It has helped
keep businesses in business and Australians in jobs through the JobKeeper
Payment and Boosting Cash Flow for Employers, and supported Australians in
need with the Coronavirus Supplement and Early Release of Superannuation.

The Government’s response is now transitioning to ensure the Australian economy


recovers strongly by targeting additional temporary support measures to boost
household incomes, bring forward business and infrastructure investment activity,
and drive the unemployment rate back down.

Australian Federal Budget 2020–21


© The Commonwealth of Australia

OR

– 22 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Evaluate the effectiveness of Australia’s monetary policy in managing economic growth,


income distribution and external stability. In your answer, refer to the information provided.

Australian Cash Rate Target


8

6
Cash rate (%)

2021
2

0
2005 2010 2015 2020

Reserve Bank of Australia 2020


Reproduced by permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

The Reserve Bank Board reduced the cash rate twice in March 2020, to 0.25 per
cent, and to 0.1 per cent on 3 November 2020. This is boosting the cash flow
of businesses and the household sector as a whole. It is also helping Australia’s
trade-exposed industries through the exchange rate. At the same time, low interest
rates do have negative consequences for some people, especially those relying on
interest income. The Reserve Bank Board has discussed these consequences, but
the evidence is that lower interest rates do benefit the community as a whole.

Reserve Bank of Australia 2020


Reproduced by permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

Please turn over

– 23 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

2021
Assess the effects, over the last ten years, of free trade agreements and protectionist policies
on the global economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Assess the effects, over the last ten years, of changes in the global economy on Australia’s
trade and financial flows.

End of paper

– 24 –
© 2021 NSW Education Standards Authority
NSW Education Standards Authority

2020 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2020
Economics
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–9)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 13–24)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 25–27)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 28)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

1060
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following identifies two economic objectives of monetary policy?

A. Price stability and full employment


B. Economic growth and external stability
C. Price stability and distribution of income
D. Economic growth and environmental sustainability

2020
2 Which international organisation is responsible for maintaining financial stability in
global financial markets?

A. World Bank
B. World Trade Organisation
C. International Monetary Fund
D. Asia–Pacific Economic Cooperation

3 Which of the following is most likely to be a feature of a decentralised wage determination


system?

A. Increased income equality


B. Wage increases are linked to inflation
C. Government policy determines wage outcomes
D. Employment contracts can vary from one workplace to another

4 A developing economy is most likely to be characterised by

A. low productivity and low population growth.


B. low employment and low infant mortality rate.
C. inadequate access to education and underprovision of public goods.
D. inadequate access to health care and GDP dominated by the provision of services.

–2–
5 A country imposes a quota on wheat imports. Assume that it does not allow any imports
of wheat beyond the quota.

Which of the following is most likely to occur if this country decides to reduce this quota
on wheat imports?

A. Increased wheat prices within the country


B. Increased export revenue for foreign wheat exporters
C. Decreased income for wheat producers within the country
D. Decreased government revenue from the change in the volume of imports

6 The table represents data for a hypothetical economy.

2020
Year Import price index Export price index
1 125 100
2 160 80

Which of the following shows the value of the terms of trade index in Year 2 and the
terms of trade trend from Year 1 to Year 2?

Terms of trade index Terms of trade trend


A. 50 Increased
B. 50 Decreased
C. 200 Increased
D. 200 Decreased

7 A foreign business purchases the rights to sell an Australian-designed product overseas.

How will this transaction be recorded in Australia’s Balance of Payments?

A. Debit in the capital account


B. Credit in the capital account
C. Debit in the financial account
D. Credit in the financial account

–3–
8 Which of the following is likely to cause a decrease in the labour force participation rate?

A. A decrease in the rate of unemployment


B. A decrease in the number of discouraged workers
C. An increase in the level of hidden unemployment
D. An increase in the value of transfer payments made to the unemployed

9 The following diagram shows two aggregate demand curves for a hypothetical economy.

Price level

2020by an increase in

A.
B.
C.
D.
the income tax-free threshold.
AD2

business investment in training programs.


the cash rate of the hypothetical economy.
AD1

Total output

All other things being equal, the shift from AD1 to AD2 is most likely to have been caused

employment in the economy of a major trading partner.

–4–
10 The table shows hypothetical data for the Australian economy over a two-year period.

Year 1 Year 2
Consumer price index (CPI) 100 103
Employed persons (’000) 1800 2000
Unemployed persons (’000) 200 125
Population (’000) 2008 2095

Which row of the table below best accounts for the changes in CPI and unemployment
rate from Year 1 to Year 2?

Reason for change Reason for change in

2020
in CPI unemployment rate
A. Reduction in the cash rate Removal of government
initiatives for education and
training
B. Appreciation of the Australian Increase in domestic investment
dollar
C. Increase in import tariffs Global economic downturn
D. Increase in consumer confidence An appreciation in the currency
of a major trading partner

11 A central bank’s monetary policy stance results in a depreciation of the economy’s


exchange rate.

All other things being equal, which of the following best identifies the stance and a
possible effect on the economy of the depreciation in the exchange rate?

Monetary policy stance Effect on economy


A. Expansionary Increase in the level of foreign direct
investment by domestic businesses
B. Expansionary Increase in the cost of international
borrowing
C. Contractionary Increase in the number of service-based
exports
D. Contractionary Increase in the balance on the net primary
income account

–5–
12 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Real GDP growth rate Unemployment rate


1 2.10% 5.20%
2 2.90% 5.20%

Assume the economy is operating at the non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment


(NAIRU).

Which of the following describes the most likely relationship between the changes in the
economy’s real GDP growth rate and level of unemployment?

A. Lower aggregate supply leading to a reduction in dynamic efficiencies

2020
B. Lower aggregate supply accompanied by a decrease in technical efficiencies
C. Higher aggregate demand accompanied by a decrease in underemployment
D. Higher aggregate demand leading to a reduction in structural unemployment

13 A domestic economy has experienced a decline in its net foreign liabilities as a percentage
of Gross Domestic Product (GDP).

Which of the following is most likely to have increased, contributing to this decline?

A. Debt servicing costs


B. Exchange rate volatility
C. Foreign investment into the domestic economy
D. Returns on international investments by domestic businesses

14 Under a floating exchange rate, the capital and financial account for an economy in
Year 1 is $10.6 bn surplus. In Year 2 the current account balance is in a $3.5 bn surplus.

Which of the following represents the outcome of the capital and financial account in
Year 2 and the change in size of this account from Year 1 to Year 2?

Outcome of capital and Change in size


financial account in Year 2 ($bn)
A. Deficit 7.1
B. Deficit 14.1
C. Surplus 7.1
D. Surplus 14.1

–6–
15 An economy has a headline inflation rate of 2.3% while its underlying inflation rate
is 2.6%.

Which factor could best account for this?

A. Increased minimum wage


B. Short-term oversupply of petrol
C. Reduced supply of fruit due to drought
D. Increased demand for the domestic currency

16 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Nominal GDP Consumer price

2020
($bn) index (CPI)
1 400 100
2 420 105

All other things being equal, which statement is most likely to be true for this economy?

A. Real GDP remains unchanged due to a decrease in global economic activity.


B. Nominal GDP has increased due to an appreciation of the economy’s exchange
rate.
C. Nominal GDP has increased due to a decrease in the tariff applied to imported
products.
D. Real GDP remains unchanged due to increases in the cost of production for
businesses.

17 An initial increase in government spending of $10 million leads to a final increase in


national income of $25 million.

What is the value of marginal propensity to consume (MPC)?

A. 0.25
B. 0.4
C. 0.6
D. 0.75

–7–
18 At equilibrium, when there is no international trade, an economy consumes 30 000 kg of
cotton.

The government opens the economy to trade and introduces a tariff of $5 per kg on
cotton, resulting in imports of 10 000 kg and a total consumption of 35 000 kg of cotton.
The world price for cotton is $20 per kg.

What is the change in the domestic production of cotton and in government revenue?

Change in domestic production Change in government revenue


A. Decreased by 5 000 kg Increased by $50 000
B. Decreased by 5 000 kg Increased by $200 000
C. Decreased by 10 000 kg Increased by $50 000

2020
D. Decreased by 10 000 kg Increased by $200 000

19 The table shows exchange rate movements for the Australian economy and United States
economy.

Year Australian dollar US dollar


(AUD) (USD)
1 1 0.9
2 0.9 1

All other things being equal, which of the following best accounts for the fluctuation of
the exchange rate between Year 1 and Year 2?

A. There has been a depreciation of the AUD caused by an upturn in the international
business cycle.
B. There has been a depreciation of the AUD caused by a downturn in domestic
economic activity.
C. There has been a depreciation of the USD caused by an increase in Australia’s cash
rate relative to the US cash rate.
D. There has been a depreciation of the USD caused by a decrease in the deficit of the
net income component of the US balance of payments.

–8–
20 The diagram shows the demand and supply curves of labour for a hypothetical economy.

The government of this economy has introduced a minimum wage (Wl ) set above the
equilibrium wage rate (We ).

Wage
($) SL

Wl
We

DL

2020
Labour

The introduction of this minimum wage has an impact on the Lorenz curve of this
economy.

The most likely impact on the Lorenz curve will be a shift

A. inwards as all employees receive a higher wage.


B. inwards as there is an increase in the level of employment.
C. outwards as all employees receive a higher wage.
D. outwards as there is an increase in the level of unemployment.

–9–
2020
BLANK PAGE

– 10 –
2020
BLANK PAGE

– 11 –
2020
BLANK PAGE

– 12 –
© 2020 NSW Education Standards Authority
2020 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

2020
40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

– 13 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
1061 15110
Question 21 (11 marks)

(a) The table shows economic information for a hypothetical economy. 2

Year Gini coefficient Human development index


1 0.87 0.35
2 0.74 0.36

With reference to the given data, outline ONE possible reason for the change
in the distribution of income from Year 1 to Year 2 for this economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


(b) A developing economy has entered into a multilateral free trade agreement 2
with advanced economies.

Outline ONE disadvantage to the developing economy of entering into this


trade agreement.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Describe ONE way in which the World Bank helps promote economic 3
development in developing economies.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 15


– 14 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(d) Economic growth does not always lead to an improvement in economic 4


development.

Explain TWO factors that could cause this.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 15 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (9 marks)

(a) Distinguish between structural unemployment and cyclical unemployment. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Describe how ONE government policy has been used to address a skills shortage 3
in the Australian labour market.
...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 17

– 16 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain how a decrease in aggregate demand can lead to underemployment of 4


labour in an economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 17 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (9 marks)

(a) Outline ONE reason for the protection of domestic industries. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) A government wants to protect the sugar industry by introducing a subsidy. 1

The diagram below shows the market before the introduction of the subsidy.

2020
On the diagram, draw the curve to show the effect of a subsidy with imports
equal to zero.

Do NOT write in this area.


Price per S
unit ($)

Domestic price

World price

Q1 Q2 Q3 Quantity

Question 23 continues on page 19

– 18 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Discuss Australia’s involvement in ONE bilateral trade agreement. 6

Bilateral trade agreement: ...............................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 19 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (11 marks)

(a) Describe the relationship between microeconomic reform and aggregate supply. 3
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) With reference to a specific product market, explain how ONE microeconomic 4

2020
reform has led to increased efficiencies.

Do NOT write in this area.


Product market: ...............................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 21

– 20 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Explain how microeconomic reform in the labour market can lead to a lowering 4
of cost inflation in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2020
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 21 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2020 Do NOT write in this area.

– 22 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2020
Do NOT write in this area.

– 23 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2020 Do NOT write in this area.

– 24 – © 2020 NSW Education Standards Authority

Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2020 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

2020
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Please turn over

1062 – 25 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Assess the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the external stability of the Australian
economy. In your response, refer to the information provided.

Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed


until permission has been obtained.

Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed


until permission has been obtained.

2020
OR

– 26 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Assess the effectiveness of government economic policies and international agreements in


the management of the environment in Australia. In your response, refer to the information
provided.

Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed


until permission has been obtained.

2020
Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed
until permission has been obtained.

Please turn over

– 27 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

2020
Assess the effectiveness of macroeconomic policies in achieving economic growth and full
employment in the Australian economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

To what extent do limitations of economic policies affect the achievement of economic growth
and a more equal distribution of income in the Australian economy?

End of paper

– 28 –
© 2020 NSW Education Standards Authority
NSW Education Standards Authority

2019 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2019
Economics
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–8)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 9–20)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 21–23)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 24)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2060
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is a feature of globalisation?

A. International division of labour


B. Higher levels of trade protection
C. Greater inefficiencies in global markets
D. Decreased levels of economic integration

2019
2 The G20 is best described as

A. a trading bloc.
B. a regional free-trade agreement involving Australia.
C. a monetary union that has adopted a common currency.
D. a government forum for coordination of economic policies.

3 Which of the following describes a benefit of an appreciation of the Australian dollar to


the Australian economy?

A. Increased trade deficit


B. Decreased import volume
C. Decreased foreign debt repayments
D. Increased international competitiveness

4 Which policy in Australia is least likely to be influenced by political constraints?

A. Fiscal
B. Monetary
C. Labour market
D. Microeconomic

–2–
5 Which of the following is most likely to be the cause of a rise in the participation rate?

A. More people are retiring earlier


B. More parents are returning to the workforce
C. More unemployed people are joining the defence force
D. More students are choosing to continue with further education

6 If there is an increase in interest rates, which of the following is most likely to happen?

A. Economic growth will decrease and consumer spending will decrease.


B. The money supply will increase and the rate of inflation will decrease.
C. Business investment will increase and consumer spending will decrease.

2019
D. Unemployment will decrease and the rate of economic growth will decrease.

7 Which of the following is NOT a reason for low wage growth in an economy?

A. Low inflation
B. Low unemployment
C. Low economic growth
D. Low productivity growth

8 Which pair of sectors contribute most to Australia’s export income?

A. Mining and Services


B. Mining and Agriculture
C. Services and Agriculture
D. Services and Manufacturing

–3–
9 The table shows hypothetical data for an economy.

S G M T I X
200 400 350 300 350 250

Which row of the table is correct for this economy?

Trade balance Economic growth


A. Surplus Positive
B. Surplus Negative
C. Deficit Positive
D. Deficit Negative

2019
10 The central bank of a hypothetical economy reduces the cash rate.

All other things being equal, what is the likely effect of this action?

A. A decrease in consumer expenditure


B. An increase in the rate of unemployment
C. An appreciation of the economy’s exchange rate
D. An increase in the price of assets in the economy

–4–
11 The following diagram shows the level of income in an economy over two years.

Cumulative proportion of
total income (%) Year 1

Year 2

Cumulative proportion of
persons ranked by income (%)

2019
What changes in the top marginal rate of tax and the goods and services tax (GST) would
have caused this shift in the Lorenz curve from Year 1 to Year 2?

Top marginal rate of tax Goods and services tax (GST)


A. Increase Increase
B. Increase Decrease
C. Decrease Increase
D. Decrease Decrease

12 The table shows information for a hypothetical economy.

CAD $50 billion


Net foreign debt $900 billion
Net foreign equity $100 billion
GDP $1800 billion

What is the Net Foreign Liabilities for this economy as a percentage of GDP?

A. 2.8%
B. 44.4%
C. 50.0%
D. 55.6%

–5–
13 Inflation in a hypothetical economy has decreased from 3% in Year 1 to 2% in Year 2.

Based on this information, which statement is true?

A. Prices are increasing on average.


B. Prices are decreasing on average.
C. Unemployment is at the non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment (NAIRU).
D. Unemployment is below the non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment
(NAIRU).

14 The following information is for a hypothetical economy.

Working age population 10 000 000

2019
Full-time employed 4 000 000
Participation rate 50%
Unemployment rate 10%

How many people are employed part time in this economy?

A. 500 000
B. 1 000 000
C. 4 000 000
D. 4 500 000

15 The table shows data for national income (Y ) and savings (S) in $ billion for a hypothetical
economy.

Year Y S
1 250 50
2 450 100

All other things being equal, what is the new equilibrium level of income (Y ) in Year 3
if investment increases by $35 billion?

A. $497 billion
B. $590 billion
C. $600 billion
D. $650 billion

–6–
16 Which of the following is an example of a fiscal policy that is both contractionary and
discretionary?

A. Decreased tax-free threshold


B. Increased infrastructure spending in rural regions
C. Increased spending due to unexpectedly higher unemployment
D. Decreased unemployment expenditure due to higher than forecasted economic
growth

17 The Australian government provides financial aid to build a road in a neighbouring


country. Residents in Australia receive pension payments from overseas.

How will these debit and credit transactions be recorded in Australia’s balance of
payments?

2019
Debit Credit
A. Secondary income Primary income
B. Capital account Primary income
C. Capital account Secondary income
D. Secondary income Secondary income

18 Which combination of factors is most likely to result in an increase in Australia’s Trade


Weighted Index?

Terms of trade Global interest rates relative to


Australian interest rates
A. Increase Increase
B. Increase Decrease
C. Decrease Increase
D. Decrease Decrease

–7–
Use the diagram to answer Questions 19 and 20.

The diagram shows the domestic demand and supply for a particular good within an economy.
The world price is $3.

8
S
7
6
5
Price ($) 4
3
D
2

2019
1
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Quantity (thousands)

19 The government is considering imposing a tariff that would have the same impact on
domestic production as an import quota of 20 000 items.

What is the total tariff revenue that will be generated?

A. $0
B. $10 000
C. $20 000
D. $40 000

20 Assume the government decides to only use subsidies as a form of protection.

What is the subsidy per unit that would result in no imports?

A. $0
B. $2
C. $3
D. $4

–8–
© 2019 NSW Education Standards Authority
2019 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

2019
40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

–9–
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2061 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

The diagram shows movements in the Australian dollar against the US dollar.

$A in terms S0
of $US
S1
0.70

0.60

2019
0 Q0 Q1 Quantity of $A

Do NOT write in this area.


(a) Outline a reason for the change in supply of the Australian dollar as shown in 2
the diagram.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain why Australia’s exchange rate against the US dollar might NOT move 3
in the same direction as Australia’s Trade Weighted Index.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11


– 10 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain the effects of a depreciating Australian dollar on accounts within the 5
Balance of Payments.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2019
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Outline the relationship between economic growth and economic development. 2
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Examine TWO reasons for the difference in living standards between nations. 4
...............................................................................................................................

2019
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Assess the effectiveness of ONE strategy used to promote economic 4


development in a country other than Australia.

Selected country ..............................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2019
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Outline a cost that may be associated with achieving ecologically sustainable 2
development.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Why may a public beach NOT be considered a public good? 2

2019
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) How does market failure create negative externalities? 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Explain how market-based policies can be used to preserve the natural 4
environment.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2019
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

Use the table to answer parts (a) and (b).

The following information refers to a hypothetical economy.

Year Real GDP Consumer Unemployment rate Current account


($ billion) price index (% workforce) balance
(CPI) (as a % of real GDP)
1 1000 100 8.9 –4
2 1100 110 6.2 –4.5
3 1220 132 3.5 –5.5

(a) Calculate the inflation rate in Year 3. 1

2019
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

(b) Justify an appropriate monetary policy stance for this economy. Support your 4
answer with reference to the economic indicators provided.

Monetary policy stance ...................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17


– 16 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Explain the limitations of using monetary policy for economic management of 5
the Australian economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2019
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2019 Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2019
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2019 Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2019 NSW Education Standards Authority

Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2019 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

2019
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

Please turn over

2062 – 21 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss the effects of sustained budget deficits on economic growth and external stability in
the Australian economy. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

Since 2008, the policies implemented in response to the GFC have encouraged greater
economic activity. This has resulted in public and private sector borrowing to fund
investment, consumption and imports which have contributed to Australia’s uninterrupted
economic growth. Over the same period, Australia has experienced record high asset
prices and household debt, net foreign debt in excess of $1 trillion and the lowest rates of
household savings since December 2007.

Australian Government budget balance

2019
(%)
2
budget balance (as % of GDP)
Australian Government

1
0
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
2001 2009 2017
Year

General Government net debt

(%)
60
General Government net debt

50
(as a % of GDP)

40
30
20
10
0
–10
2001 2009 2017
Year

OR

– 22 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss the effects of microeconomic policies on employment and inflation in the Australian
economy. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

The economic reforms undertaken in Australia have opened markets to increased competition
and have transformed a relatively closed and regulated economy into one that is more
efficient, flexible and open. This has reduced the size and number of industries supported
by large ongoing subsidies and high tariffs, notably in manufacturing.

Labour productivity

(%)
5
Decade average

2019
4
Labour productivity

3
2
1
0
–1
–2
1980 1990 2000 2010 2017
Year

CPI inflation

(%)
12
RBA’s target range
10
8
CPI inflation

6
4
2
0
–2
1980 1990 2000 2010 2017
Year

Please turn over

– 23 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

2019
Explain the causes and effects of unequal distribution of income and wealth in Australia.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Explain the effects of protectionist policies on both the Australian and the global economy.

End of paper

– 24 –
© 2019 NSW Education Standards Authority
NSW Education Standards Authority

2018 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

2018
General • Reading time – 5 minutes
Instructions • Working time – 3 hours
• Write using black pen
• Calculators approved by NESA may be used

Total marks: Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–8)


100 • Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 9–20)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 21–23)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 24)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2040
2018
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 A key objective of decentralised wage determination is to increase

A. work–life balance.
B. equality of income.
C. labour productivity.
D. full-time employment.

2 From which of the following would a developing economy be most likely to receive

2018
funds to build a bridge?

A. World Bank
B. World Trade Organisation
C. International Monetary Fund
D. Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

3 The value of trade between countries A and B increases while the value of trade between
countries A and C decreases.

All other things being equal, this most likely occurred because country A

A. implemented a free trade agreement with country B.


B. implemented a free trade agreement with country C.
C. raised import tariffs on both country B and country C.
D. reduced import tariffs on both country B and country C.

4 A reduction in a country’s company tax rate is most likely to

A. depreciate the country’s currency.


B. reduce the profitability of the country’s firms.
C. increase frictional unemployment in the country.
D. increase foreign direct investment in the country.

2018 –2–
5 A country’s central bank wishes to improve the international competitiveness of the
country’s exports.

Which combination of actions by the central bank is most likely to achieve this objective?

Foreign exchange transaction Official interest rate movement


A. Sell domestic currency Increase
B. Buy domestic currency Increase
C. Sell foreign currency Decrease
D. Buy foreign currency Decrease

6 Residents in a country town experience a significant slow-down in the speed of their


internet service as a result of a large increase in usage from newly-connected households.

The slower internet speed is most likely a result of

2018
A. free riding.
B. rivalry in consumption.
C. non-excludability in usage.
D. the internet being a public good.

7 There is a significant increase in official interest rates in the United States of America
(US).

All other things being equal, which of the following would be true?

Impact on foreign exchange Value of Australian dollar


markets in terms of $US
A. Increased demand for $US Depreciates
B. Decreased demand for $US Depreciates
C. Increased supply of $US Appreciates
D. Decreased supply of $US Appreciates

2018 –3–
8 Country A’s Lorenz curve is closer to the line of perfect equality than Country B’s
Lorenz curve.

All other things being equal, which of the following is true?

A. Country A has a larger Gini coefficient than country B.


B. Country B has a more equitable distribution of income than country A.
C. Country A’s Lorenz curve will move closer to country B’s Lorenz curve if
country A’s top marginal income tax rate is decreased.
D. Country B’s Lorenz curve will move closer to country A’s Lorenz curve if
country B’s top marginal income tax rate is decreased.

9 An Australian company purchases a foreign company that pays a dividend to Australian


shareholders.

How would these transactions be recorded on Australia’s balance of payments?

2018
Purchase of the company Payment of the dividend
A. Debit on the financial account Credit on the current account
B. Credit on the financial account Debit on the current account
C. Credit on the capital account Debit on the financial account
D. Debit on the capital account Credit on the current account

10 Alex has worked full time for the last two years at her current place of work.

Under Australia’s national system for determining minimum employment standards, and
assuming all other things being equal, Alex is NOT guaranteed

A. redundancy pay.
B. four weeks annual leave per year.
C. notice of termination of her employment.
D. protection against unfair dismissal by her employer.

2018 –4–
11 Which change in budget outcomes from Year 1 to Year 2 represents an expansionary
fiscal stance?

Budget outcome in Year 1 Budget outcome in Year 2


A. $5 billion surplus $10 billion surplus
B. $10 billion deficit $5 billion deficit
C. $10 billion deficit $15 billion surplus
D. $10 billion surplus $5 billion deficit

12 The Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) facilitated the move from a state-based to a national
system of industrial relations.

Which of the following provides the best justification for this move?

A. To reduce the power of national employee unions

2018
B. To reduce compliance costs for state governments
C. Because private sector companies employ workers in many states
D. Because state governments typically employ workers only in their own state

13 Which of the following statements about government regulation is most correct?

A. All government regulations reduce efficiency.


B. Regulations restricting the behaviour of firms can increase efficiency.
C. Microeconomic reform requires the removal of government regulation.
D. Government regulations restrict the entry of transnational corporations.

14 In Australia, returns to enterprise typically represent a lower proportion of household


income than returns to labour because

A. the company tax rate is higher than some marginal personal income tax rates.
B. lower interest rates have significantly reduced household income from interest.
C. most workers are employed by firms and many family businesses make a loss or
small profit.
D. households usually comprise at least one worker and most workers are employed
by large firms.

2018 –5–
15 The diagram shows the relationship between a country’s consumption and income in
Year 1 and Year 2.

Consumption Year 1

Year 2

0 Income

Which of the following could explain the change from Year 1 to Year 2?

A. A rise in asset prices


B. A rise in interest rates

2018
C. A fall in the unemployment rate
D. A fall in the goods and services tax rate

16 The table shows economic information for a hypothetical economy.

Year Terms of trade (TOT) Trade weighted index (TWI)


1 100 50
2 110 60

Which of the following best explains the changes in the TOT and the TWI from Year 1
to Year 2?

A. There is an increase in global demand for the goods this economy exports and
imports.
B. The economy’s central bank increases the official cash rate relative to global
interest rates.
C. Global demand for the goods this economy imports has increased relative to global
demand for the goods this economy exports.
D. Global demand for the goods this economy exports has increased relative to global
demand for the goods this economy imports.

2018 –6–
17 For a particular country, the underlying inflation rate is greater than the headline inflation
rate.

This is most likely to have been caused by a significant

A. reduction in electricity production.


B. expansion in global oil production.
C. depreciation of the domestic currency.
D. increase in the country’s minimum wage.

18 The table shows economic information for a hypothetical economy experiencing


cyclical unemployment.

Non-accelerating inflation rate of


5%
unemployment (NAIRU)
Marginal propensity to consume (MPC) 0.8

2018
Change in national income (Y) required to
$5 billion
reach full employment

The government of this hypothetical economy increases its expenditure by $1 billion.

All other things being equal, what will be the consequence of this action?

A. National income will rise by $1 billion.


B. The rate of unemployment will equal the NAIRU.
C. The NAIRU will exceed the rate of unemployment.
D. The economy will experience a rapid increase in inflation.

2018 –7–
19 Country A and country B have flexible exchange rates and are considering forming a
monetary union. Country A is currently experiencing a recession while country B is
currently experiencing a boom.

Which of the following is most likely to be true immediately after country A and
country B form the monetary union?

A. Imported inflation will be lower in country B.


B. It will be cheaper for foreign tourists to visit country A.
C. It will be cheaper for foreign firms to acquire assets in country B.
D. The international competitiveness of country A’s exporters will increase.

20 The diagram shows domestic demand and supply curves for a hypothetical economy.

Price
S
($)

2018
10

World price = 6

0 100 200 300 400 500 Quantity

As a result of a change in trade policy in this economy, government revenue increases


by $400, the revenue of local producers declines by $1400 and the revenue of foreign
producers increases by $1600.

Which of the following is most likely to describe the change in trade policy that occurred?

A. A tariff of $0 has been replaced with a tariff of $2.


B. A tariff of $4 has been replaced with a quota of 200.
C. A quota of zero has been replaced with a tariff of $2.
D. A quota of zero has been replaced with a quota of 200.

2018 –8–
© 2018 NSW Education Standards Authority
2018 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

–9–
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2041 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Outline ONE cause of recent low wage growth in Australia. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how a low unemployment rate can co-exist with a high level of 4
underemployment.

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain the effects of low wage growth on the Australian economy. 4
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Increased efficiency is a rationale for microeconomic reform. 1

Define efficiency in this context.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline why reform of a single factor market is likely to have a greater impact 2
on the economy than reform of a single product market.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Why might it be difficult to implement microeconomic reform during a period 3


of low economic growth?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(d) Explain how labour market reforms can help government achieve the objectives 4
of full employment and price stability in the long term.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Explain ONE cost and ONE benefit of globalisation. 4


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(b) Explain how Australia has contributed to the process of globalisation. 6


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

The table shows economic information for a hypothetical economy with a flexible
exchange rate.

2016 2017
CPI 100 105
Nominal GDP ($ billion) 1 000 1 050
Labour force (’000) 12 000 12 120
Full-time employed (’000) 8 000 7 920
Part-time employed (’000) 3 400 3 500
Net foreign debt ($ billion) 900 1 000
Net foreign liabilities ($ billion) 1 050 1 050

2018
Do NOT write in this area.
(a) With reference to the table, calculate the unemployment rate in 2016. Show all 2
working.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) With reference to the table, calculate the rate of growth in real GDP from 2016 2
to 2017. Show all working.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17


– 16 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Explain the relationship between net foreign debt and net foreign liabilities. 2
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Justify why the economy in the table is likely to have experienced a depreciation 4
of its exchange rate between 2016 and 2017.

...............................................................................................................................

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2018
Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2018 NSW Education Standards Authority

2018 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2018 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● use the information provided
● apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

2018
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

Please turn over

2042
2018 – 21 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Assess the extent to which the move towards free trade restricts the Australian Government’s
ability to achieve its economic objectives of full employment, distribution of income and
external stability. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed


until permission has been obtained.

Construction, manufacturing and total employment in Australia


(Index value = 100 in November 1984)
250
225
200
175

2018
150
125
100
75
Nov 1984
Mar 1986
Jul 1987
Nov 1988
Mar 1990
Jul 1991
Nov 1992
Mar 1994
Jul 1995
Nov 1996
Mar 1998
Jul 1999
Nov 2000
Mar 2002
Jul 2003
Nov 2004
Mar 2006
Jul 2007
Nov 2008
Mar 2010
Jul 2011
Nov 2012
Mar 2014
Jul 2015
Nov 2016
Manufacturing employment
Construction employment
Total employment

OR

2018 – 22 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Assess the extent to which Australia’s economic growth since the last recession in 1991 can
be attributed to macroeconomic policy decisions made by the Australian Government. In your
response, refer to the economic information provided.

Due to copyright restrictions, this material cannot be displayed


until permission has been obtained.

Australian official cash rate and federal government budget outcomes


Official cash rate Federal government
(%) budget outcome
($ billion)
18 30

2018
16 20
14 10
12 0
10 –10
8 –20
6 –30
4 –40
2 –50
0 –60
0

6
99

99

99

99

99

00

00

00

00

00

01

01

01

01
–1

–1

–1

–1

–1

–2

–2

–2

–2

–2

–2

–2

–2

–2
89

91

93

95

97

99

01

03

05

07

09

11

13

15
19

19

19

19

19

19

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

Federal government budget outcome ($ billion)


Official cash rate (%)

Please turn over

2018 – 23 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

Evaluate the success of government policies designed to achieve environmental sustainability


in Australia.

2018
OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Assess the importance of factors that determine the size and composition of Australia’s current
account.

End of paper

2018 – 24 –
© 2018 NSW Education Standards Authority
HIGHER
SCHOOL
2017 CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION

Economics

General
Instructions

Total marks:
100
2017




Reading time – 5 minutes
Working time – 3 hours
Write using black pen
NESA approved calculators may be used

Section I – 20 marks (pages 2–8)


• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section II – 40 marks (pages 9–20)


• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Section III – 20 marks (pages 21–22)


• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV – 20 marks (page 23)


• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2030
2017
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is most likely to be of benefit to transnational corporations?

A. Increased trade barriers


B. Variations in regional business cycles
C. Restrictions on international financial flows
D. Migration laws that encourage international labour mobility

2 In theory, which of the following best describes the characteristics of a public good?

2017
A. Excludable and rival
B. Excludable and non-rival
C. Non-excludable and rival
D. Non-excludable and non-rival

3 Which statement about the time lags associated with government policies is most correct?

A. Fiscal policy has a longer implementation lag than monetary policy.


B. Microeconomic policies have a shorter impact lag than fiscal policy.
C. Monetary policy has a longer impact lag than microeconomic policies.
D. Microeconomic policies have a shorter implementation lag than monetary policy.

4 An economy is experiencing high unemployment and an inflation rate below the central
bank’s target rate.

Which macroeconomic policy mix is best for this economy?

A. Expansionary fiscal and monetary policy


B. Contractionary fiscal and monetary policy
C. Expansionary fiscal and contractionary monetary policy
D. Contractionary fiscal and expansionary monetary policy

2017 –2–
5 Other things being equal, Australia’s international competitiveness would be improved
by an increase in which of the following?

A. Australian inflation
B. Aggregate supply in Australia
C. Australian government spending
D. The value of the Australian dollar

6 Which of the following is most likely to be included in a market-based policy for the
management of air pollution?

A. Fines for firms that pollute


B. Firms buying and selling pollution permits
C. Domestic regulation that forces firms to meet certain emission targets
D. An international treaty that specifies emission targets and is legally enforceable

2017
7 Which of the following would most likely be driven by fluctuations in the business
cycle?

A. An increase in the GST rate


B. An increase in the tax free threshold
C. A decrease in company taxation receipts
D. A decrease in the top marginal income tax rate

8 Which of the following is most likely to occur if the Australian government finances a
budget deficit by borrowing funds in the domestic money market?

A. Upward pressure on interest rates


B. Increased domestic money supply
C. Depreciation of the Australian dollar
D. A rise in the Australian government’s share of foreign debt

2017 –3–
9 A government decides to reduce the import quota for a product.

Other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to occur in the domestic
market?

A. The revenue of foreign producers will increase.


B. The domestic price of the product will increase.
C. Domestic firms will produce less of the product.
D. The market share of foreign producers will increase.

10 Which of the following is the minimum requirement in order for an adult worker in
Australia to receive the National Minimum Wage?

A. They are legally employed.


B. They are a member of a trade union.
C. They are covered by an industrial award.

2017
D. They are covered by an enterprise agreement.

11 Which of the following must have happened if there has been a movement in Australia’s
Terms of Trade from 115 to 105?

A. The value of Australia’s imports increased relative to the value of Australia’s


exports.
B. The value of Australia’s imports decreased relative to the value of Australia’s
exports.
C. The price of Australia’s imports increased relative to the price of Australia’s
exports.
D. The price of Australia’s exports increased due to an appreciation in the Australian
dollar.

2017 –4–
12 Which of the following correctly ranks, from largest to smallest, the sources of income
as a percentage of Australian household income?

A. Returns to labour, returns to enterprise, returns to land and capital, transfer


payments
B. Returns to labour, transfer payments, returns to land and capital, returns to
enterprise
C. Returns to labour, transfer payments, returns to enterprise, returns to land and
capital
D. Returns to labour, returns to enterprise, transfer payments, returns to land and
capital

13 There is a downturn in the economy of a major importer of Australian goods and


services.

Which of the following is most likely to occur?

2017
A. A depreciation of the Australian dollar
B. An appreciation of the Australian dollar
C. A revaluation of the importer’s currency
D. A devaluation of the importer’s currency

14 The table shows hypothetical data for an economy.

G M T I X S
25 60 30 20 70 35

Which statement about this economy is correct?

A. It is expanding because exports are greater than imports.


B. It is contracting because savings are greater than taxation.
C. It is expanding because injections are greater than leakages.
D. It is contracting because leakages are greater than injections.

2017 –5–
15 The table shows employment data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Population Working age Number Number


population employed unemployed
(millions) (millions) (millions) (millions)
1 10 5 2 1
2 20 8 3 2
3 30 16 7 3
4 40 20 9 6

In which year is the unemployment rate 40% and the participation rate 62.5%?

A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

2017
16 The table shows consumer price index (CPI) data for a hypothetical economy.

Year CPI
1 100
2 105
3 110

What happens to the prices of goods and services from Year 1 to Year 3?

A. They remain unchanged.


B. They increase at a constant rate.
C. They increase at a decreasing rate.
D. They increase at an increasing rate.

2017 –6–
17 The table shows hypothetical balance of payments data for a country.

Year 1 Year 2
(billions) (billions)
Exports of goods $100 $60
Imports of goods $110 $70
Net services –$20 –$30
Net primary income –$80 –$85
Net secondary income $10 –$5
Capital account $20 $30
Financial account $75 $90

Assuming a floating exchange rate, which of the following statements is true?

A. The balance of goods and services remains constant.


B. The current account deficit decreases from Year 1 to Year 2.

2017
C. The net errors and omissions are larger in Year 2 than in Year 1.
D. The capital and financial account surplus decreases from Year 1 to Year 2.

18 It can be argued that a book in a public library is NOT a public good.

Which of the following explanations best supports this argument?

A. People can borrow a different book.


B. Only one person can read the book at a time.
C. Anyone can become a member of the library and borrow the book.
D. The contents of the book do not change regardless of the number of times it has
been read.

2017 –7–
19 The table shows data for National Income (Y) and Consumption (C ) for a hypothetical
economy.

Year Y C
1 0 100
2 1000 Z
3 X 1300

If the value of the multiplier is 2.5, which row in the following table shows the missing
values for X and Z?

X Z
A. 1200 250
B. 1200 1100
C. 2000 600

2017
D. 2000 700

20 In 2019, one US dollar buys 1.25 Australian dollars. In 2020, one Australian dollar buys
0.75 US dollars.

Which statement is most correct?

A. There is no change in the exchange rate between 2019 and 2020.


B. Australian exports to the US are less expensive in 2020 compared to 2019.
C. Goods imported from the US are more expensive in 2019 compared to 2020.
D. For US investors, Australian assets are more expensive to buy in 2020 compared
to 2019.

2017 –8–
© 2017 NSW Education Standards Authority
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
2017 EXAMINATION

Centre Number

Economics
Student Number
Section II Answer Booklet

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

Instructions • Write your Centre Number and Student Number at the top of this
page.

• Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces


provide guidance for the expected length of response.

• Extra writing space is provided at the back of this booklet.


If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are
answering.

Please turn over

–9–
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2031 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Why can dumping be used as a justification for trade protection? 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain the difference between subsidies and local content rules in discouraging 4
dumping.
...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Compare and contrast the roles of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and 4
the World Bank in international economic integration.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) A large agricultural property in Australia is sold to a foreign investor. 2

Outline how this transaction can affect TWO components of Australia’s balance
of payments.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Distinguish between direct investment and portfolio investment. 2

2017
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Discuss the costs and benefits for Australia of foreign direct investment. 6
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between income and wealth. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain TWO ways in which taxation can be used to change the Gini coefficient 4
from 0.5 to 0.2.

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain how age and gender affect wealth inequality in Australia. 4
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Identify ONE type of unemployment that is present at full employment and 2
ONE type of unemployment that is not.

Present at full employment: .................................................................................

Not present at full employment: ..........................................................................

(b) Explain how unemployment affects economic growth in an economy. 4


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Contrast the use of fiscal policy for an economy at the non-accelerating inflation 4
rate of unemployment (NAIRU) with its use when the economy is above the
NAIRU.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2017
Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2017 NSW Education Standards Authority

2017 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
2017 EXAMINATION

Economics

Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
use the information provided
apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

2017
Question 25 (20 marks)

Analyse the implications of a decline in global economic activity for Australia’s economic
policies. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

A flexible exchange rate helps soften the impact of external shocks on an


economy, such that monetary and fiscal policy can be directed towards achieving
domestic economic policy objectives.
Adapted from The Exchange Rate and the Reserve Bank’s
Role in the Foreign Exchange Market, February 2017
© Reserve Bank of Australia

Australia’s terms of trade and cash rate, 2010–2016


160.0 5
140.0 4.5
4
120.0
3.5
100.0 3
80.0 2.5
60.0 2
1.5
40.0
1
20.0 0.5
0.0 0
Mar-10

Mar-11

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Mar-15

Mar-16

terms of trade cash rate

OR

2032
2017 – 21 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the role that the Australian government’s economic policies play in achieving price
stability in Australia. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

Despite depreciation of the Australian dollar, inflation has declined due to


a range of factors including heightened retail competition, moderation in
conditions in housing markets and declines in the costs of business inputs such
as fuel and utilities.
Adapted from the Minutes of the Monetary Policy Meeting
of the Reserve Bank Board, 3 May 2016
© Reserve Bank of Australia

Australian TWI, wage growth, cash rate and CPI: 2010–2016


90 5
80 4.5
70 4
60 3.5
3
50
2.5

2017
40
2
30 1.5
20 1
10 0.5
0 0
Mar-10

Mar-11

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Mar-15

cash rate trade weighted index (TWI) Mar-16


consumer price index (CPI) wage growth

2017 – 22 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


● demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
● apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory
● present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

With reference to BOTH Australia AND one other economy, compare and contrast the effects
of globalisation on economic growth and environmental sustainability.

2017
OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Explain how labour market policies can be used to achieve Australia’s economic objectives.

End of paper

2017 – 23 –
BLANK PAGE

2017

2017 – 24 –
© 2017 NSW Education Standards Authority
2016 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION

Economics

2016 Total marks – 100

Section I

20 marks
Pages 2–8

• Attempt Questions 1–20


• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

General Instructions Section II Pages 9–19


• Reading time – 5 minutes 40 marks
• Working time – 3 hours • Attempt Questions 21–24
• Write using black pen • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
• Board-approved calculators may
be used Section III Pages 21–23

20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 24

20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

2030
2016
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is an example of a monetary union?

(A) EU
(B) APEC
(C) ASEAN
(D) NAFTA

2 Which of the following policies is mainly used to manage inflation?

2016
(A) Fiscal policy
(B) Monetary policy
(C) Competition policy
(D) Labour market policy

3 Which of the following is most likely to result in an increased budget surplus?

(A) Reduced government spending and reduced taxation


(B) Increased government spending and reduced taxation
(C) Reduced government spending and increased taxation
(D) Increased government spending and increased taxation

4 Other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to increase if Australia’s
major trading partners experience an economic slowdown?

(A) Australia’s GDP growth


(B) Australia’s unemployment rate
(C) Demand for Australia’s exports
(D) Australia’s consumer price index

2016 –2–
5 A government decides to reduce tariffs on imported goods.

Other things being equal, what will be the most likely impact on the domestic economy?

(A) Tariff revenue will increase.


(B) Tariff revenue will remain unchanged.
(C) There will be a redistribution of income from importers to local producers.
(D) There will be a redistribution of income from local producers to importers.

6 An increase in which of the following will most likely change a Gini coefficient from 0.3
to 0.4?

(A) Company tax rates


(B) The goods and services tax rate
(C) Marginal income tax rates for high income earners

2016
(D) Tax rates levied on the profits from the sale of property

7 Which of the following best describes a person experiencing frictional unemployment?

(A) A university student struggling to find work during a recession


(B) A summer fruit-picker undertaking full-time training to acquire new skills
(C) A self-employed worker whose business has shut down and who plans to start a
new business
(D) A factory worker who is employed part-time and who is actively seeking to
increase their hours of work

2016 –3–
8 The diagram refers to the change in the distribution of income in a hypothetical economy.

Cumulative proportion of
total income (%)
Year 1

Year 2

Cumulative proportion of
persons ranked by income (%)

Which of the following is most likely to increase as a result of the change in income
inequality from Year 1 to Year 2?

2016
(A) Consumption
(B) Labour force mobility
(C) Risk-taking by entrepreneurs
(D) Saving and capital investment

9 A government has recently decided to increase the age of retirement.

Which of the following are the most likely impacts of this decision on the labour force
participation rate and taxation revenue?

Impact on the labour force Impact on taxation


participation rate revenue
(A) Increase Decrease
(B) Increase Increase
(C) Decrease Increase
(D) Decrease Decrease

2016 –4–
10 All other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to shift the demand
curve for labour from DD to D1D1?

Wages D1

D S

D1

D
0
Quantity of labour

(A) An economic downturn in the global economy


(B) An increase in the labour force participation rate

2016
(C) The establishment of minimum employment standards across all industries
(D) The implementation of a decentralised method of determining employment contracts

11 A government has changed the method of financing its budget deficit. Instead of
borrowing from the domestic private sector, it will now borrow from overseas.

All other things being equal, what is the most likely impact of this change on the domestic
economy?

(A) The foreign debt will decrease.


(B) The budget deficit will decrease.
(C) Current account deficit will increase.
(D) Domestic borrowing costs will increase.

2016 –5–
12 What is the most likely impact of an increase in the official cash rate on the domestic
economy?

(A) Lower inflationary expectations resulting from a depreciation of the domestic


currency
(B) Higher inflationary expectations resulting from an appreciation of the domestic
currency
(C) A redistribution of income and wealth towards those with a relatively high marginal
propensity to save
(D) A redistribution of income and wealth towards those with a relatively high marginal
propensity to consume

13 The Australian Government has received a repayment of an interest-free loan made to a


developing economy.

How will this be recorded in Australia’s balance of payments?

2016
(A) A debit in the secondary income account
(B) A credit in the secondary income account
(C) A debit in the capital and financial account
(D) A credit in the capital and financial account

14 Which of the following is most likely to result in a decline in Australia’s terms of trade?

Demand for Australia’s exports Supply of Australia’s exports


(A) Decreased Increased
(B) Increased Decreased
(C) Increased Increased
(D) Decreased Decreased

15 Which of the following is most likely to allow an infant industry in Australia to benefit
from globalisation?

(A) An increase in Australia’s import quotas


(B) A decrease in Australia’s levels of protection
(C) A decrease in Australia’s regulation of transnational corporations
(D) An increase in Australia’s recognition of international educational qualifications

2016 –6–
16 The table shows selected data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Money GDP Population CPI


($ millions) (millions)
1 1000 100 100
2 1500 150 110

All other things being equal, how are real Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and the Human
Development Index (HDI) most likely to change from Year 1 to Year 2?

(A) Real GDP and the HDI both increase.


(B) Real GDP and the HDI both decrease.
(C) Real GDP decreases and the HDI increases.
(D) Real GDP increases and the HDI decreases.

2016
17 An increase in which of the following is most likely to lower the non-accelerating
inflation rate of unemployment (NAIRU)?

(A) Official cash rate


(B) Government spending
(C) Infrastructure investment
(D) Use of centralised wage bargaining

18 The table shows hypothetical data for the Australian economy.

Year $A in terms of $US Headline inflation (%)


1 0.70 2
2 0.75 1

All other things being equal, how did the purchasing power of Australian consumers
change overseas and domestically from Year 1 to Year 2?

Purchasing power of Purchasing power of Australian


Australians travelling overseas consumers domestically
(A) Increased Increased
(B) Decreased Increased
(C) Increased Decreased
(D) Decreased Decreased

2016 –7–
19 The table shows hypothetical data for the Australian economy.

Loans owed by foreigners to Australians ($ billions) 150

Loans owed by Australians to foreigners ($ billions) 600

Australian assets owned by foreigners ($ billions) 100

Foreign assets owned by Australians ($ billions) 250

What is the value of Australia’s Net Foreign Liabilities?

(A) $300 billion


(B) $400 billion
(C) $600 billion
(D) $1100 billion

2016
20 It can be argued that a public road is NOT a public good because

(A) travel times vary with usage.


(B) the private sector can build and maintain roads.
(C) when one car uses the road another car can still use the road.
(D) the road is used by both public and private forms of transport.

2016 –8–
© 2016 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2016 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes
for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces


provided. These spaces provide
guidance for the expected length of
response.

Extra writing space is provided on


pages 18 and 19. If you use this space,
clearly indicate which question you
are answering.

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

Write your Centre Number and


Student Number at the top of this
page.

Please turn over

–9–
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
2031 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Why might a government prefer to protect an industry with a subsidy rather than 2
a tariff?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how removal of a subsidy might promote greater efficiency in an 3


economy.
...............................................................................................................................

2016
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Discuss the likely impacts on government revenue and expenditure of removing 5
a subsidy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Outline the difference between a private benefit and a social benefit. 2
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain why developed and developing nations may take different approaches 4
to environmental sustainability.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain an advantage and a disadvantage of international environmental 4


agreements in addressing environmental sustainability in the global economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) On the diagram draw a new supply curve that shows a depreciation of the 1
Australian dollar.

$A in
terms of $US
S

D
0
Quantity of $A

2016
Do NOT write in this area.
(b) Briefly explain why there might be an increase in the supply of Australian 2
dollars.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain how a decrease in an economy’s Trade Weighted Index may affect the 3
level of inflation in that economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15


– 14 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Assess the impacts of a depreciation in the Australian dollar on the level of 4
employment in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) In a hypothetical economy, MPC = 0.9. 1

What is the change in national income if investment declines by $100 million?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how changes in the MPC can affect an economy’s growth. 4
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Explain how changes in both aggregate demand and aggregate supply influence 5
economic activity.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

– 18 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

– 19 –
2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
BLANK PAGE

2016
Do NOT write in this area.

– 20 – © 2016 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW

2016 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2016 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

2016
Question 25 (20 marks)

Please turn over

2032
2016 – 21 –
Question 25 (20 marks)

Explain how the Australian Government’s labour market policies affect both the employed and
the unemployed. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

Without regulation and an ability to act collectively, many employees are likely to have
much less bargaining power than employers, with adverse outcomes for their wages
and conditions . . . [Awards in the Australian labour market have] some undesirable
inconsistencies and rigidities . . .
...
Wages paid are typically the key cost of employing labour… Businesses incur other
employment costs, such as workers compensation premiums, provision for leave,
superannuation and payroll taxes . . .
For employees, wages are often the main ‘return’ from working, such that an increase
in wages induces more people to enter the labour force to seek work . . .
Productivity Commission Inquiry Report, November 2015

2016
Labour force participation rates in Australia
February 1978 to February 2014

75

70 Males
Participation rate (%)

65

60 All persons

55

50 Females

45

40
February February February February February February February
1978 1984 1990 1996 2002 2008 2014

Adapted from Productivity Commission Inquiry Report,


November 2015

OR

2016 – 22 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Explain why an Australian Government may not be able to achieve all of its economic
objectives. In your response, refer to the economic information provided.

We are currently seeking permission to publish this material, but due


to copyright implications, it cannot be displayed until permission has
been obtained.

Where possible, a link to the original source has been provided


below.

Real GDP and CPI Inflation: Australia 2011–2015


5
4.5
4
3.5
3

2016
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
Mar 2011

Jun 2011

Sep 2011

Dec 2011

Mar 2012

Jun 2012

Sep 2012

Dec 2012

Mar 2013

Jun 2013

Sep 2013

Dec 2013

Mar 2014

Jun 2014

Sep 2014

Dec 2014

Mar 2015

Jun 2015

Sep 2015
Year end Real GDP growth Year end CPI Inflation

Please turn over

2016 – 23 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

Assess the impact of the Reserve Bank of Australia’s expansionary monetary policy on the
Australian economy.

2016
OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the influence of different factors on Australia’s trade and financial flows.

End of paper

2016 – 24 –
© 2016 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2015 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION

Economics

2015 Total marks – 100

Section I

20 marks
Pages 2–10

• Attempt Questions 1–20


• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

General Instructions Section II Pages 13–23


• Reading time – 5 minutes 40 marks
• Working time – 3 hours • Attempt Questions 21–24
• Write using black pen • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
• Board-approved calculators may
be used Section III Pages 25–26

20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 27

20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

1030
2015
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Assume that foreign producers are selling canned tomatoes in Australia at below their
cost of production. Domestic producers ask the government to impose a tariff on these
imports.

What is the most likely reason for this request?

(A) To prevent dumping


(B) To improve national defence
(C) To support an infant industry

2015
(D) To maintain domestic employment

2 Which of the following economic policies has the shortest time lag for implementation?

(A) Fiscal policy


(B) Monetary policy
(C) Labour market policies
(D) Microeconomic reform

3 Which of the following is most likely to increase gross world product?

(A) Increased rates by central banks


(B) Increased migration to developing countries
(C) Increased protection by advanced economies
(D) Increased investment by transnational corporations in developing countries

4 Which of the following could be a negative impact of foreign direct investment in an


emerging economy?

(A) Increased provision of public goods


(B) Increased spending on transport infrastructure
(C) An increase in the country’s Human Development Index from 0.6 to 0.8
(D) An increase in the influence of transnational corporations on government regulation

2015 –2–
5 Australia provides foreign aid to build schools in a developing country.

This will be entered in Australia’s Balance of Payments as a

(A) debit in the capital account.


(B) credit in net primary income.
(C) credit in the financial account.
(D) debit in net secondary income.

6 A government wants to increase the efficiency of its domestic industries in order to


improve their international competitiveness.

Which combination of trade policies would be most likely to achieve this?

Subsidy to domestic
Import quota
producers

2015
(A) Decrease Decrease
(B) Increase Increase
(C) Increase Decrease
(D) Decrease Increase

7 The table shows Gross Domestic Product (GDP) growth, inflation and unemployment
rate data for an advanced economy with an inflation target of 2–3%.

Year GDP growth Inflation Unemployment rate


(%) (%) (%)
1 4.0 2.7 5
2 4.5 3.8 4.5

With reference to the data in the table, which policy response would be best for this
economy?

(A) Expansionary fiscal and expansionary monetary policy


(B) Expansionary fiscal and contractionary monetary policy
(C) Contractionary fiscal and expansionary monetary policy
(D) Contractionary fiscal and contractionary monetary policy

2015 –3–
8 Which of the following is most likely to operate as an automatic stabiliser during an
upswing in the Australian economy?

(A) Income tax


(B) Company tax
(C) Tariff revenue
(D) Goods and services tax

9 The diagram shows changes in the demand for, and supply of, Australian dollars ($A).

$A in terms
of $US S

2015
D1 D
0 Quantity
of $A

Which of the following statements is most likely to explain the change in the equilibrium
value of the $A illustrated in the diagram?

(A) The $A has appreciated because of an increase in demand for Australian exports.
(B) The $A has depreciated because of reduced microeconomic reform in the US
economy.
(C) The $A has appreciated because of a rise in the number of overseas tourists visiting
Australia.
(D) The $A has depreciated because of a rise in foreign interest rates relative to
Australian interest rates.

2015 –4–
10 The table shows data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Import price index Export price index Trade weighted index
1 100 100 60
2 110 100 70

What is the effect of the changes from Year 1 to Year 2 on the terms of trade and
international competitiveness of this economy?

Terms of International
trade competitiveness
(A) Increased Decreased
(B) Decreased Decreased
(C) Increased Increased
(D) Decreased Increased

2015
11 Which of the following government policies would be most likely to reduce an economy’s
Gini coefficient?

(A) A decrease in the goods and services tax rate and a decrease in transfer payments
(B) A decrease in expenditure on health and an increase in deregulation of the labour
market
(C) An increase in childcare subsidies for low-income earners and an increase in the
highest marginal income tax rate
(D) An increase in the income tax free threshold and a decrease in compulsory
employer superannuation contributions

2015 –5–
12 A firm invests in a new, environmentally sustainable method for recycling used
aluminium soft drink cans.

Which of the following best describes the likely economic outcome that will result from
this innovation?

(A) A positive externality and a reduction in social costs


(B) A negative externality and an increase in social costs
(C) A positive externality and a reduction in social benefits
(D) A negative externality and an increase in social benefits

13 The graph shows aggregate demand (AD) and aggregate supply (AS ) curves for an
economy.

P
AS

2015 0

efficiency and equilibrium output?

(A) AS curve shifts to the left.


AD
Q

Which of the following is most likely to reflect government policy designed to increase

(B) AD curve shifts to the left.


(C) AS curve shifts to the right.
(D) AD curve shifts to the right.

2015 –6–
14 The table shows labour market data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Unemployment rate Participation rate


1 7% 65%
2 5% 60%

Which of the following reasons would account for these changes from Year 1 to Year 2?

Reason for change in the Reason for change in the


unemployment rate participation rate
A reduction in the number of
(A) Global economic recession
skilled migrants
Fewer incentives to hire the long- Increased job training for the
(B)
term unemployed unemployed
Increased government spending on An increase in childcare subsidy
(C)

2015
infrastructure payments
(D) Increased consumer confidence Increase in school retention rates

15 Which of the following could lead to a deterioration in the structural component of


Australia’s current account deficit?

(A) An increase in net foreign liabilities


(B) A decrease in portfolio investment by foreign firms
(C) A decrease in export volumes due to a weakening global economy
(D) An increase in imports resulting from an improvement in the terms of trade

2015 –7–
16 The table refers to a hypothetical economy.

National income Savings


Year
($) ($)
1 1000 400
2 1500 500
3 2000 600

If the government wishes to raise the level of national income by $1000 in Year 4, by
how much will it have to increase investment?

(A) $100
(B) $200
(C) $500
(D) $800

2015
17 The Reserve Bank of Australia purchases Commonwealth Government Securities in
order to alter the cash rate.

Which of the following is the most likely result of this decision?

Australian dollar Australian GDP


(A) Appreciates Falls
(B) Depreciates Falls
(C) Depreciates Rises
(D) Appreciates Rises

2015 –8–
18 The table contains nominal data on the components of Gross Domestic Product (GDP)
for a hypothetical economy.

Year C I G X M
1 500 200 300 100 100
2 550 250 300 200 200

Assume that the consumer price index for this economy increases from 100 in Year 1 to
110 in Year 2.

What is the growth rate of real GDP in Year 2?

(A) 0%
(B) 1%
(C) 10%
(D) 14%

2015
19 The table refers to a hypothetical economy.

Year Headline inflation Underlying inflation


(%) (%)
1 2 1.7
2 2.4 1.4
3 3.2 1.2

Which combination of reasons is most likely to account for changes in the headline and
underlying inflation rates from Year 1 to Year 3?

Reason for change in Reason for change in


headline inflation underlying inflation
(A) Decreased global oil production Expansionary fiscal policy
(B) Flooding in agricultural areas Increased microeconomic reform
(C) Increased tariffs Increased minimum wage
Appreciation of the domestic
(D) Increased global oil production
currency

2015 –9–
20 The table shows Balance of Payments data for a hypothetical economy with a flexible
exchange rate.

$ Billion
Financial Derivatives 5
Net Primary Income –200
Direct Investment 50
Reserve Assets 10
Balance on Goods and Services 50
Net Secondary Income 25
Portfolio Investment 45
Capital Account ?

Using the data above, what is the value of the capital account?

2015
(A) $15 billion deficit
(B) $15 billion surplus
(C) $25 billion deficit
(D) $25 billion surplus

2015 – 10 –
BLANK PAGE

2015

2015 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2015

2015 – 12 –
© 2015 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2015 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes
for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces


provided. These spaces provide
guidance for the expected length of
response.

Extra writing space is provided on


pages 22 and 23. If you use this space,
clearly indicate which question you
are answering.

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

Write your Centre Number and


Student Number at the top of this
page.

Please turn over

– 13 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
1031 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between renewable and non-renewable resources. 2


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

(b) For an economy other than Australia, outline ONE impact of globalisation on its 3
environmental sustainability.

2015
Name of economy: ..........................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Question 21 continues on page 15

– 14 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain how market-based policies can be used to address market failure in 5
relation to environmental management.
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

End of Question 21

– 15 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Australia’s budget deficit is projected to decrease from 2.5% of GDP to 2.1% of 2
GDP.

Explain ONE possible reason for this change.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

(b) Compare the impact of TWO different methods of financing a budget deficit on 4

2015
domestic interest rates in the Australian economy.

Do NOT write in this area.


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Question 22 continues on page 17

– 16 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Analyse how ONE possible strategy to reduce the budget deficit could affect 4
income distribution.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

End of Question 22

– 17 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) How is the measurement of the unemployment rate in Australia influenced by 2


hidden unemployment?

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

(b) How would an appreciation of the US dollar relative to the Australian dollar 3
affect inflation in Australia?

2015
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Do NOT write in this area.


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Question 23 continues on page 19

– 18 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) A country’s economy is operating at the non-accelerating inflation rate of 5


unemployment (NAIRU).

What are the policy implications of this for the country’s government if its aim
is to reduce unemployment?

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

End of Question 23

– 19 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) How does the international division of labour contribute to globalisation? 4


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

2015
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Do NOT write in this area.


�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Question 24 continues on page 21

– 20 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(b) Explain TWO reasons why economies experience different levels of economic 6
development.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

End of Question 24

– 21 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

– 22 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space
If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

– 23 –
2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291
BLANK PAGE

2015
Do NOT write in this area.

– 24 – © 2015 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW

2015 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2015 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Section III
20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.
Your answer will be assessed on how well you:
n demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
n use the information provided
n apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
n present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

2015
Discuss the continuing role of microeconomic reform in achieving Australia’s economic
objectives. In your response, you should refer to the economic information provided.

There are many areas of the economy that are still in need of reform. The provision
of public services in health, education, utilities and transport come to mind. I do
worry that without the motivation to reform that we had in the 1980s, we risk moving
too slowly . . . On the labour market for instance . . . it is critical to our future success
that we be willing to change where that is sensible.
Source: Australian Government, The Treasury December 2014

Productivity growth in Australia


% change (% per annum), 1996–2013
per year
4.9

–2

–4.6

1995–96 1999–2000 2003–04 2007–08 2011–12

Labour productivity Capital productivity


Based on Australian Bureau of Statistics data

OR
1032
2015 – 25 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the changing sources of economic growth and their effects on the Australian economy.
In your response, you should refer to the economic information provided.

The Australian economy needs to shift to broader sources of growth  . . . a key risk
of below‑trend growth is that the economy will not generate enough jobs growth to
[employ] new entrants to the labour market.

Source: Australian Government, The Treasury November 2014

Changes in business investment


in Australian industry sectors, 2011–2015
% change % change
per year per year
Mining Services
60 Manufacturing Total 60

2015
30 30

0 0

–30 –30
2011–12 2012–13 2013–14 2014–15
Data previews: Aus 2014/15 & 2015/16 Capex Expectations. CAPEX PLANS by Industry. Reproduced with
permission by Westpac Institutional Bank.

2015 – 26 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

Your answer will be assessed on how well you:


n demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

n apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

n present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

Discuss the contributions of international organisations and trade agreements to global


economic growth and development.

2015
OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse how macroeconomic policy can be used to achieve external stability in the Australian
economy.

End of paper

2015 – 27 –
BLANK PAGE

2015

2015 – 28 –
© 2015 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2014 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION

Economics

2014 Total marks – 100

Section I
20 marks
Pages 2–9

• Attempt Questions 1–20


• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
Section II Pages 13–23
• Reading time – 5 minutes
40 marks
• Working time – 3 hours
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Write using black or blue pen
Black pen is preferred • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
• Board-approved calculators may Section III Pages 25–26
be used
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 27
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
1190
2014
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is a trading bloc?

(A) The European Union (EU)


(B) The World Trade Organisation (WTO)
(C) The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT)
(D) The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)

2 Of which of the following groups is Australia a member?

2014
(A) The Group of 8 (G8)
(B) The Group of 20 (G20)
(C) The North America Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA)
(D) The Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN)

3 Which of the following would be most likely to occur if there was a recession in the
domestic economy?

(A) Defence spending would increase.


(B) Transfer payments would decrease.
(C) GST taxation receipts would increase.
(D) Income taxation receipts would decrease.

4 In which of the following circumstances could the International Monetary Fund (IMF) be
called in to assist a country?

(A) A trade dispute


(B) A financial crisis
(C) A foreign investment dispute
(D) An infrastructure funding shortage

2014 –2–
5 In 1983 Australia moved from a fixed to a floating exchange rate.

Which of the following has been a disadvantage of the floating exchange rate?

(A) Lower foreign currency reserves


(B) Higher foreign currency reserves
(C) Increased exchange rate volatility
(D) Decreased exchange rate volatility

6 A second airport is to be built in Sydney.

Which of the following best describes a positive externality likely to arise from this
project?

(A) Reduced job opportunities around the second airport


(B) Increased traffic congestion around the second airport

2014
(C) Reduced traffic congestion around the existing airport
(D) Increased job opportunities around the existing airport

7 An economy is operating at its natural rate of unemployment.

What would be the long term effect on the unemployment rate and the participation rate
of an increase in labour market flexibility?

Unemployment rate Participation rate


(A) Increases Increases
(B) Decreases Increases
(C) Increases Decreases
(D) Decreases Decreases

2014 –3–
8 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Nominal GDP Real GDP


2013 100 100
2014 105 103

According to the data, what has happened to the consumer price index (CPI) between
2013 and 2014?

(A) The CPI has fallen by less than the change in nominal GDP.
(B) The CPI has fallen by more than the change in nominal GDP.
(C) The CPI has risen by less than the change in nominal GDP.
(D) The CPI has risen by more than the change in nominal GDP.

9 If a government stopped funding education, what would happen to the market

2014
equilibrium price and quantity of education?

Equilibrium price Equilibrium quantity


(A) Falls Rises
(B) Falls Falls
(C) Rises Rises
(D) Rises Falls

2014 –4–
10 The graph shows the demand for, and supply of, Australian dollars.

$A in terms
of $US S

0.90

D
0 Q Quantity
of $A

Which combination of shifts in the demand and supply curves must result in a
depreciation of the Australian dollar?

Demand curve shift Supply curve shift

2014
(A) Left Right
(B) Left Left
(C) Right Left
(D) Right Right

11 Which of the following best illustrates the effect of reduced competition on product
markets?

Equilibrium price Equilibrium quantity


(A) Decreases Increases
(B) Decreases Decreases
(C) Increases Increases
(D) Increases Decreases

2014 –5–
12 The table shows consumer price index (CPI) data for a hypothetical economy.

Year CPI
2011 145
2012 150
2013 156

What is the inflation rate for this economy for 2013?

(A) 3%
(B) 4%
(C) 5%
(D) 6%

2014
13 Australia’s mining boom has resulted in a significant increase in foreign investment.

Which of the following shows the effects of this increase on Australia’s Balance of
Payments?

Primary income account Capital and financial account


(A) Credit increase Debit increase
(B) Credit increase Credit increase
(C) Debit increase Debit increase
(D) Debit increase Credit increase

14 The Reserve Bank of Australia decides to implement an expansionary monetary policy.

Which of the following changes to commercial banks’ holdings of assets is most likely
to occur?

Commercial banks’ holdings of Commercial banks’ holdings of cash in


Commonwealth Government securities exchange settlement accounts
(A) Decrease Increase
(B) Increase Increase
(C) Decrease Decrease
(D) Increase Decrease

2014 –6–
15 The diagram shows the Lorenz curves for a hypothetical economy.

100

Cumulative proportion of
total income (%)
A B

0
100
Cumulative proportion of
persons ranked by income (%)

The Lorenz curve has shifted from A to B.

All other things being equal, which of the following changes might explain this shift?

2014
Change in the top marginal tax rate Change in business profits
(A) Decrease Increase
(B) Decrease Decrease
(C) Increase Increase
(D) Increase Decrease

16 The table shows components of the Balance of Payments for a hypothetical economy.

Components of the Balance of Payments $ billion (bn)


Balance of Goods and Services 10
Net Primary Income –20
Net Secondary Income –5
Balance on Capital Account 1
Balance on Financial Account ?

What is the balance on the Financial Account?

(A) A deficit of $14 billion


(B) A deficit of $16 billion
(C) A surplus of $14 billion
(D) A surplus of $16 billion

2014 –7–
17 Australia has a lower minimum wage for youth than for adults.

Which of the following is most likely to cause an increase in youth unemployment?

Minimum wage for youth Minimum wage for adults


(A) Unchanged Increase
(B) Unchanged Unchanged
(C) Increase Increase
(D) Increase Unchanged

18 The table shows National Accounts data for consumption (C ) and national income (Y)
for a hypothetical economy.

Year C ($ million) Y ($ million)

2014
1 240 320
2 280 370

An increase in exports lifted national income by $100 million in Year 3.

All other things being equal, what was the increase in exports?

(A) $20 million


(B) $25 million
(C) $75 million
(D) $80 million

2014 –8–
Use the following demand and supply diagram to answer Questions 19 and 20.

Price ($) D S

25

20

15

10
S D

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Quantity
(millions)

19 Consider an economy in which there is a tariff of $15 in addition to the world price of
$10.

2014
If the government reduces the tariff from $15 to $10, what will be the change in tariff
revenue?

(A) $100 million


(B) $200 million
(C) $400 million
(D) $600 million

20 Consider an economy that operates a free trade policy.

The government is proposing to introduce a $5 tariff in addition to the world price of $10.

What import quota could the government introduce to have the same effect on domestic
output as a $5 tariff?

(A) 20 million units


(B) 30 million units
(C) 40 million units
(D) 60 million units

2014 –9–
BLANK PAGE

2014

2014 – 10 –
BLANK PAGE

2014

2014 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2014

2014 – 12 –
© 2014 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2014 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes
for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces


provided. These spaces provide
guidance for the expected length of
response.

Extra writing space is provided on


pages 22 and 23. If you use this space,
clearly indicate which question you
are answering.

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

Write your Centre Number and


Student Number at the top of this
page.

Please turn over


– 13 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
1191 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between local content rules and export incentives. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) The United States Government gives a subsidy to its farmers. 4

Explain the likely effects of this policy on farmers and consumers in Australia.
...............................................................................................................................

2014
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 15

– 14 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Discuss the reasons that a domestic industry could give to argue for its protection. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 15 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Briefly explain ONE cause of an exchange rate depreciation. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how Australia’s trade weighted index (TWI) can decline even as the 3
Australian dollar appreciates against the euro.
...............................................................................................................................

2014
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 17 

– 16 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Analyse the effects of rising interest rates on both the current account and the 5
capital and financial account of the balance of payments.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 17 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) What is the difference between the working age population and the labour force? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain why an economy’s labour force participation rate might decline. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
Do NOT write in this area.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 19


– 18 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain how a change in the labour force participation rate can affect the federal 4
government’s revenues and expenditures.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 19 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Explain ONE cost and ONE benefit of microeconomic reform. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 21

– 20 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(b) Explain the limitations of both fiscal policy and monetary policy in addressing 6
an economic slowdown.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 21 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate which question y ou are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________


______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

2014
Do NOT write in this area.
______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 22 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate which question y ou are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 23 –
2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291

BLANK PAGE

2014
Do NOT write in this area.

– 24 – © 2014 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW

2014 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2014 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

2014
Question 25 (20 marks)

Explain how both labour market policies and fiscal policies can be used to reduce income
inequality and wealth inequality. In your response, you should refer to the economic
information provided.

An income safety net for all has been a long-term policy goal. The debate has been about
whether minimum wages and welfare payments achieve this objective or whether disincentive
effects mean that it has been counterproductive for some groups.

Distribution of Income, Taxes and Government Benefits in Australia, 2009–2010


(% shares of total income, taxes and benefits paid to/received by different income groups)

Share of the Share of the


poorest 20% of richest 20% of
income earners income earners

Income earned before tax (eg wages and salaries,


3.3% 45.0%
interest income)

Less taxes paid:


Income tax paid 1.2% 56.2%
Indirect taxes paid (eg GST, petrol taxes) 12.5% 30.1%

Plus government benefits received:


Transfer payments (eg pension, unemployment) 36.5% 2.5%
In-kind payments (eg free health, education) 22.0% 15.3%

Final Income 11.3% 34.7%

OR

1192
2014 – 25 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 26 (20 marks)

Explain the causes of inflation and its effects on the Australian economy. In your response, you
should refer to the economic information provided.

Australia has benefited from its return to low inflation in the 1990s but . . . inflation remains
an influence on the economy, markets and policy.

2014
Inflation, wages growth and interest rates in A ustralia 1980–2013

% %
20 20
CPI inflation (Annual)
18 18
Average Weekly Earnings
16 16
(wages, annual growth)
14 RBA Cash interest rate 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
0 0
–2 –2
1980

1985

1990

1995

2000

2005

2010

2013

2014 – 26 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

For an economy other than Australia, discuss the strategies used to promote both economic
growth and development.

2014
OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Discuss the role of government in attempting to achieve environmental sustainability in


Australia.

End of paper

2014 – 27 –
BLANK PAGE

2014

2014 – 28 –
© 2014 Board of Studies, Teaching and Educational Standards NSW
2013
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
Section II Pages 9–19
• Reading time – 5 minutes
40 marks
• Working time – 3 hours
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Write using black or blue pen
Black pen is preferred • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
• Board­approved calculators may Section III Pages 21–22
be used
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 23
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
1190
2013
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple­choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following international organisations is most likely to be involved in


financing the construction of a dam in a developing country?

(A) The World Bank


(B) The World Trade Organisation
(C) The International Monetary Fund
(D) The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

2 What is the most common reason given for a country to increase tariff protection?

(A) To increase trade volumes


(B) To maintain domestic employment
(C) To reduce the rate of domestic inflation
(D) To lower the level of domestic interest rates

2013 –2–
3 The diagram shows the Lorenz curves for Country A and Country B.

100

Cumulative proportion of
national income (%)
Country A

Country B

0 100
Cumulative proportion of
households ranked by income (%)

Which of the following statements is most likely to explain the different income
distribution in Country A and Country B?

(A) Country A has higher rates of saving than Country B.


(B) Country A has higher GDP per capita than Country B.
(C) Country A has higher social welfare spending than Country B.
(D) Country A has higher incentives for entrepreneurs than Country B.

4 Which of the following statements about free trade agreements is correct?

(A) They reduce trade between member countries.


(B) They treat member and non­member countries in the same way.
(C) They can divert trade from efficient non­member countries to inefficient member
countries.
(D) They prevent member countries entering into bilateral free trade agreements with
non­members.

5 Which of the following is likely to encourage the hidden unemployed to enter the labour
force?

(A) A reduction in child­care costs


(B) An increase in the unemployment rate
(C) An increase in marginal income tax rates
(D) A reduction in funding of traineeship programs

2013 –3–
6 Which of the following discretionary changes to taxation and transfer payments is most
likely to have the greatest expansionary effect on the economy?

Taxation Transfer payments


(A) Increases Increase
(B) Decreases Decrease
(C) Decreases Increase
(D) Increases Decrease

7 There is an increase in the minimum rate of employer superannuation contributions from


9% to 12% of wages.

Which of the following is the most likely effect of this increase?

(A) Increased cost inflation


(B) Decreased cost inflation
(C) Increased demand inflation
(D) Decreased demand inflation

8 The non­accelerating inflation rate of unemployment (NAIRU) is most likely to be


reduced by increasing

(A) spending on retraining job seekers.


(B) the level of unemployment benefits.
(C) protection levels for domestic industries.
(D) spending on public infrastructure projects.

9 Which of the following describes the market equilibrium price and output in the presence
of a negative externality?

Price Output
(A) Too high Too high
(B) Too low Too low
(C) Too low Too high
(D) Too high Too low

2013 –4–
10 The table shows current account data for a hypothetical economy with a floating
exchange rate.

Components of the $ billion


current account ($bn)
Exports of goods and services 100

Imports of goods and services 120

Net primary income –140

Net secondary income –40

What is the balance on the capital account?

(A) A deficit of $160 billion


(B) A surplus of $160 billion
(C) A deficit of $200 billion
(D) A surplus of $200 billion

11 Which of the following types of unemployment is NOT affected by the rise in mining
sector activity or the decline in manufacturing sector activity?

(A) Seasonal
(B) Frictional
(C) Structural
(D) Long­term

12 Which of the following is most likely to increase a manufacturing firm’s productivity?

(A) An increase in personal income tax rates


(B) An increase in investment in capital goods
(C) A decrease in demand by consumers for the firm’s product
(D) A decrease in the size of the import quota for similar products

2013 –5–
13 Which combination of actions by the Reserve Bank of Australia is most likely to cause
a rise in the value of the Australian dollar?

Foreign currency Cash rate


(A) Buy Increase
(B) Sell Decrease
(C) Sell Increase
(D) Buy Decrease

14 Which combination of changes in interest rates and the value of the Australian dollar is
most likely to increase aggregate demand in the Australian economy?

Interest rates Value of the Australian dollar


(A) Increase Appreciates
(B) Decrease Depreciates
(C) Decrease Appreciates
(D) Increase Depreciates

15 There is a decline in the marginal propensity to consume (MPC).

Which combination of changes in the simple multiplier and equilibrium income is most
likely to result?

Simple multiplier Equilibrium income


(A) Increases Increases
(B) Decreases Decreases
(C) Decreases Increases
(D) Increases Decreases

2013 –6–
16 Australia’s interest rates are reduced while those of its major trading partners remain
unchanged.

Which combination of changes in the supply of $A and the trade weighted index is most
likely to result?

Supply of $A Trade weighted index


(A) Increases Increases
(B) Decreases Decreases
(C) Decreases Increases
(D) Increases Decreases

17 Which combination of actions does the Reserve Bank of Australia need to take in order
to implement a contractionary monetary policy?

Commonwealth Domestic
Government Securities money supply
(A) Buy Increase
(B) Sell Decrease
(C) Sell Increase
(D) Buy Decrease

18 Australia’s headline annual (CPI) inflation rate has fallen from 3% to 2%, while the
underlying annual inflation rate remains unchanged at 3%.

The divergence between these two measures of inflation is most likely due to

(A) a decrease in house prices.


(B) an increase in house prices.
(C) a decrease in world oil supply.
(D) an increase in world oil supply.

2013 –7–
19 The following table shows the volume and price of exports and imports for two years.

Exports Imports
Year Volume Price Volume Price
Year 1 100 100 100 100
Year 2 105 110 110 105

How have the terms of trade and the volume of net exports changed between Year 1 and
Year 2?

Terms of trade Net exports


(A) Risen Increased
(B) Fallen Decreased
(C) Fallen Increased
(D) Risen Decreased

20 The diagram shows the effect of a tariff on domestic supply (SS) and demand (DD). The
free trade price is $20. The current tariff is $10.

Price D S
(per unit)

30

25

20

S D

80 90 100 110 120 Quantity

If the government reduces the tariff to $5, which combination of outcomes is correct?

Tariff revenue Domestic output


(A) Rises Rises
(B) Falls Falls
(C) Falls Rises
(D) Rises Falls

2013 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2013
2013 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes
for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces


provided. These spaces provide
guidance for the expected length of
response.

Extra writing space is provided on


pages 18 and 19. If you use this space,
clearly indicate which question you
are answering.
Do NOT write in this area.

Write your Centre Number and


Student Number at the top of this
page.

Please turn over


–9–
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
1191 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) A highway currently passes through a country town. The government is proposing 4
to build a bypass that diverts highway traffic away from the town.

Discuss the costs and benefits of this proposal.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

– 10 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(b) Explain the effect that globalisation has had on environmental sustainability. 6

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) A hypothetical economy has a simple multiplier of 2.5.

Calculate the change in national income that would result from an increase in 1
investment of $100 million.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


(b) Outline how economic growth in a major trading partner might influence 2
economic growth in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) How will an increase in Australia’s marginal propensity to save (MPS) affect 3
Australia’s economic growth?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(d) Explain the effects of a reduced rate of economic growth on the Australian 4
Government budget.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between the current account deficit and foreign debt. 2
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how the level of national savings can influence the size of the current 3
account.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15 

– 14 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) What are the positive and negative implications of a current account deficit for 5
the Australian economy?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) The following diagram shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves 2
for a hypothetical economy.

P
AS


P0

AD
0 Q0 Q

On the diagram, draw the new curve that results if there is a fall in labour
productivity. Label the new equilibrium price P1 and the new equilibrium
quantity Q1.

Do NOT write in this area.


(b) Outline an effect of product market deregulation on inflation. 2
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(c) Outline a feature of a centralised labour market policy. 2


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(d) Outline an advantage and a disadvantage of moving from a fixed exchange rate 4
to a floating exchange rate system.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II Extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________


______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Do NOT write in this area.


______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 18 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II Extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate which question you are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
Do NOT write in this area.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 19 –
2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291

BLANK PAGE

Do NOT write in this area.


– 20 – © Board of Studies NSW 2013


2013 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2013 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

Explain how movements in the Australian dollar can affect the performance of the Australian
economy. In your response, you should refer to the economic information provided.

The high Australian dollar has had a major moderating effect on the resources boom.
In doing so, it has created some winners and some losers.

Australian dollar 1987–2012


vs. $US vs. $US
1.20 1.20
vs. US dollar
1.10 Long-term average 1987–2012 1.10
1.00 1.00
0.90 0.90
0.80 0.80
0.70 0.70
0.60 0.60
0.50 0.50
0.40 0.40
Dec 1987 Dec 1992 Dec 1997 Dec 2002 Dec 2007 Dec 2012

OR

1192
2013 – 21 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 26 (20 marks)

Explain the effects of Australia’s macroeconomic policy mix on economic growth and inflation
in the domestic economy. In your response, you should refer to the economic information
provided.

In early 2008, before the global financial crisis (GFC), inflation was the major
concern of policy makers. Post­GFC, their focus has shifted to economic growth.

Australian unemployment and underlying inflation 2002–2012

Annual inflation Unemployment


rate (%) rate (%)
5.0 8.0
4.5 7.5
4.0 7.0
3.5 6.5
3.0 6.0
2.5 5.5
2.0 5.0
1.5 4.5
1.0 4.0
Underlying CPI annual inflation rate
0.5 3.5
Unemployment rate
0.0 3.0
Dec 2002 Dec 2004 Dec 2006 Dec 2008 Dec 2010 Dec 2012

2013 – 22 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

Analyse the effects of domestic AND global free trade and protection policies on the Australian
economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the causes of unemployment and its effects on the Australian economy.

End of paper

2013 – 23 –
BLANK PAGE

2013 – 24 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2013
2012
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
Section II Pages 9–19
• Reading time – 5 minutes
40 marks
• Working time – 3 hours
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Write using black or blue pen
Black pen is preferred • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
• Board-approved calculators may Section III Pages 21–22
be used
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 23
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
1120
2012
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is classified as a trading bloc?

(A) United Nations (UN)


(B) European Union (EU)
(C) Group of Twenty (G20)
(D) Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD)

2 What was one of the objectives of the national wage system established by the Fair Work
Act 2009?

(A) To reduce the number of awards


(B) To replace enterprise agreements
(C) To reduce the national minimum wage
(D) To remove the safety net protection for low paid workers

3 Which of the following is most likely to occur as a country becomes more economically
developed?

(A) Education levels decrease


(B) Labour productivity increases
(C) Reliance on foreign aid increases
(D) Agricultural production as a share of GDP increases

4 What are the Reserve Bank of Australia’s main objectives in implementing monetary
policy?

(A) Price stability and full employment


(B) Price stability and a reduction in national debt
(C) Full employment and an increase in national savings
(D) Full employment and a more equal distribution of income

2012 –2–
5 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Real GDP ($bn) Consumer Price Index Unemployment rate (%)
1 4000 100 5
2 3900 101 8

For Year 2, which policy mix is most appropriate for policy makers focused ONLY on
employment outcomes?

(A) Expansionary fiscal policy and expansionary monetary policy


(B) Contractionary fiscal policy and expansionary monetary policy
(C) Expansionary fiscal policy and contractionary monetary policy
(D) Contractionary fiscal policy and contractionary monetary policy

6 The table shows employment data for an economy.

Year 1 Year 2
Part-time employed persons 200 000 210 000
Full-time employed persons 600 000 640 000
Unemployed persons 100 000 110 000
Working age population 1500 000 1570 000

Based on the data in the table, what is the change in the labour force between Year 1 and
Year 2?

(A) 40 000
(B) 50 000
(C) 60 000
(D) 70 000

2012 –3–
7 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Components of National Income $ billion ($bn)


Savings 40
Government expenditure 50
Exports 80
Taxation 60
Investment 40
Imports 70

Based on the information in the table, which of the following is correct?

(A) There is a trade deficit.


(B) There is a budget surplus.
(C) Injections are greater than leakages.
(D) Leakages are greater than injections.

8 The unemployment rate rises from 4% to 6%. What is the most likely impact on the
Federal Government’s income tax revenues and social security payments?

Income tax revenues Social security payments


(A) Increase Increase
(B) Decrease Decrease
(C) Increase Decrease
(D) Decrease Increase

9 All other things being equal, what impact will a decrease in domestic interest rates have
on consumer spending and on the household savings rate?

Consumer spending Household savings rate


(A) Falls Falls
(B) Rises Rises
(C) Falls Rises
(D) Rises Falls

2012 –4–
10 The Reserve Bank of Australia sells government securities. What is the most likely effect
on the supply of cash in Exchange Settlement accounts and on interest rates?

Supply of cash in Interest rates


Exchange Settlement accounts
(A) Decrease Decrease
(B) Increase Decrease
(C) Decrease Increase
(D) Increase Increase

11 The table shows selected data for an economy with a floating exchange rate.

Balance of payments components $ billion ($bn)


Exports ?
Imports 700
Net Services 100
Net primary income (net income) –150
Net secondary income (net transfers) 50
Balance on the capital and financial account 200

From the data, what is the value of exports?

(A) $900bn
(B) $700bn
(C) $500bn
(D) $300bn

12 Which of the following government policy decisions would be most suitable for
achieving environmental sustainability?

(A) Impose a tax on firms that cause either a positive or negative externality
(B) Pay a subsidy to firms that cause either a positive or negative externality
(C) Impose a tax on firms that cause a positive externality and pay a subsidy to firms
that cause a negative externality
(D) Pay a subsidy to firms that cause a positive externality and impose a tax on firms
that cause a negative externality

2012 –5–
13 Which of the following statements best applies to public goods?

(A) These goods are subject to over-pricing.


(B) There are fixed supplies of these goods.
(C) Consumers must pay to use these goods.
(D) Consumers can access these goods without paying directly for them.

14 The following diagram shows aggregate demand (AD) and aggregate supply (AS) curves
for the Australian economy.

AS1
Price level

AS2

AD

0 Quantity

All other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to cause the shift in
the aggregate supply curve from AS1 to AS2?

(A) An increase in the budget surplus


(B) An increase in labour productivity
(C) An increase in the minimum wage for casual workers
(D) An increase in interest rates by the Reserve Bank of Australia

2012 –6–
15 The table shows population and employment data for an economy.

Year Working age population Employed Unemployed


(million) (million) (million)
1 30 21 3
2 40 27 3

Which of the following statements is correct for Year 2 compared to Year 1?

(A) Year 2 has a lower participation rate and lower unemployment rate.
(B) Year 2 has a lower participation rate and higher unemployment rate.
(C) Year 2 has a higher participation rate and lower unemployment rate.
(D) Year 2 has a higher participation rate and higher unemployment rate.

16 All other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to cause an increase
in Australia’s current account deficit?

(A) A decrease in national savings


(B) A decrease in Australian overseas aid
(C) An increase in the Federal Government’s budget surplus
(D) An increase in the number of overseas students studying in Australia

17 The table shows the exchange rate of the Australian dollar ($A) expressed as units of
foreign currency per $A.

Year Euro per $A1 $US per $A1 Yen per $A1
1 0.7 1.10 80
2 0.8 1.00 90

How has the exchange rate of the Australian dollar changed in Year 2 compared to
Year 1?

(A) It has appreciated against the Euro and depreciated against the Yen.
(B) It has depreciated against the Euro and appreciated against the Yen.
(C) It has appreciated against the Euro and depreciated against the $US.
(D) It has depreciated against the Euro and appreciated against the $US.

2012 –7–
18 The diagram shows the impact of a subsidy paid to domestic producers on the price and
quantity of beach towels. Assume that the equilibrium price of beach towels with the
subsidy is $10 per towel.

Price
($) S1
S2

12

10

D
12 20 Quantity

From the diagram, what is the subsidy (per towel) paid to domestic producers?

(A) $2
(B) $4
(C) $8
(D) $12

19 An increase in investment of $5000 increases the equilibrium level of national income by


$20 000. What is the marginal propensity to consume (MPC)?

(A) 0.2
(B) 0.25
(C) 0.75
(D) 0.8

20 Which of the following is most likely to reduce Australia’s import volumes?

Economic activity in Australia Australian dollar


(A) Recession Appreciation
(B) Expansion Depreciation
(C) Expansion Appreciation
(D) Recession Depreciation

2012 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2012
2012 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes
for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces


provided. These spaces provide
guidance for the expected length of
response.

Extra writing space is provided on


pages 18 and 19. If you use this space,
clearly indicate what question you are
answering.
Do NOT write in this area.

Please turn over


–9–
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
6741310293
1121 15110
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between import tariff and import quota. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline TWO reasons for the protection of domestic industries. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11


– 10 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
0730310295
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Outline an economic benefit and an economic cost of a free trade agreement 4
involving Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

– 11 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8668310293
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) The consumer price index (CPI) is 120 in Year 1 and 126 in Year 2. 1

Calculate the inflation rate between Year 1 and Year 2.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


(b) What is the difference between the headline rate and the underlying rate of CPI 2
inflation?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

(c) How might inflationary expectations affect inflation? 3


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 13

– 12 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5654310295
Question 22 (continued)

(d) Explain the possible effects on the domestic economy if domestic inflation is 4
high relative to inflation in other countries.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

– 13 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
8839310293
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) The diagram shows the Lorenz Curve for an economy. 1

100

Cumulative proportion of
national income (%)


0
0 100

Do NOT write in this area.


Cumulative proportion of
households ranked by income (%)

On the diagram, draw another Lorenz Curve that represents a MORE equal
distribution of income for this economy.

(b) Outline an economic benefit of income inequality. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 15

– 14 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
2984310298
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Why are average weekly earnings for males higher than average weekly 3
earnings for females in Australia?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Do NOT write in this area.

(d) Explain the ways in which fiscal policy can reduce income inequality. 4
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

– 15 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
1918310294
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) What is the difference between underemployment and hidden unemployment? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Why might changes in underemployment NOT affect the unemployment rate? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Do NOT write in this area.


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

– 16 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
7407310293
Question 24 (continued)

(c) How might an increase in the school leaving age affect labour force participation 3
and unemployment?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) How would an increase in the minimum wage affect the labour market? Assume 3
Do NOT write in this area.

that the minimum wage is above the equilibrium wage.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

– 17 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4957310290
Section II Extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate what question you are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________


______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Do NOT write in this area.


______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 18 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
4792310297
Section II Extra writing space

If you use this space, clearly indicate what question you are answering.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________
Do NOT write in this area.

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

– 19 –
2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
5461310291

BLANK PAGE

Do NOT write in this area.


– 20 – © Board of Studies NSW 2012


2012 Office Use Only – Do NOT write anything, or make any marks below this line.
9410310299
2012 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
use the information provided
apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)


Analyse the impact of changes in the global economy on Australia’s Balance of Payments. In
your response, you should refer to the economic information provided.

Traditionally, Australia’s current account deficits have been financed by foreign


capital attracted to relatively high domestic interest rates . . . sourced from the excess
savings of countries such as Japan and more recently China.

% of GDP Australia: Current account balances


5.00

Trade balance (net goods and services)


Primary income balance (net income balance)
2.50
Current account balance

0.00

–2.50

–5.00

–7.50
Dec-00 Dec-02 Dec-04 Dec-06 Dec-08 Dec-10
Dec-01 Dec-03 Dec-05 Dec-07 Dec-09 Dec-11
Balance of Payments and International Investment Position; Catalogue #5302.0,
March 2012, ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics
OR
1123
2012 – 21 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question
use the information provided
apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of changes in the global economy on the structure of industry in the
Australian economy. In your response, you should refer to the economic information provided.

The long term rise in the services share of GDP in the Australian economy has recently
come under pressure as a result of increased competition from foreign providers.

Australia: Industry shares of GDP


% of GDP
20
Agriculture
18 Mining
16 Manufacturing

14

12

10
Awaiting copyright
8

0
1991 1996 2001 2006 2011

2012 – 22 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in the Sections III and IV Writing Booklet. Extra writing booklets are
available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

For an economy other than Australia, discuss the effects of globalisation on economic growth
and the quality of life.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Discuss the effectiveness of economic policies in achieving the Australian government’s


economic objectives.

End of paper

2012 – 23 –
BLANK PAGE

2012 – 24 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2012
2011
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
General Instructions • Allow about 35 minutes for this section
• Reading time – 5 minutes
• Working time – 3 hours Section II Pages 9–16
• Write using black or blue pen 40 marks
Black pen is preferred • Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may • Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 17–18
Student Number at the top of 20 marks
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 • Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 19
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
1120
2011
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following is most likely to slow the process of globalisation?

(A) Higher labour mobility


(B) Lower costs of communication
(C) An increase in the world price of oil
(D) A reduction in export subsidies by advanced economies

2 Which of the following is most likely to reduce income inequality?

(A) An increase in the minimum wage


(B) A decrease in unemployment benefits
(C) Decentralisation of the wage determination system
(D) Lower government funding for education and training

3 Which of the following policies would be most likely to reduce an economy’s


non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment (NAIRU)?

(A) Expansionary fiscal policy


(B) Contractionary monetary policy
(C) Policies that increase factor market competition
(D) Policies that decrease product market competition

2011 –2–
4 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Component $ billion ($bn)


Government spending 30
Investment 25
Saving 30
Exports 30
Taxation 20
Imports 35

Which of the following statements is true for this economy?

(A) The economy is contracting.


(B) Injections exceed withdrawals.
(C) Withdrawals exceed injections.
(D) The economy is in equilibrium.

5 The graph shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply for an economy.

AS1
Price level

AS0

AD

0 Real GDP

All other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to shift the aggregate
supply curve from AS0 to AS1?

(A) An increase in unit labour costs


(B) A decline in inflationary expectations
(C) An increase in the economy’s national income
(D) An appreciation of the economy’s exchange rate

2011 –3–
6 Which of the following combinations is most likely to reduce Australia’s export
volumes?

(A) The Australian dollar depreciates and there is a recession in the US economy.
(B) The Australian dollar appreciates and there is a recession in the US economy.
(C) The Australian dollar depreciates and there is an expansion in the US economy.
(D) The Australian dollar appreciates and there is an expansion in the US economy.

7 The table shows data for a nation’s terms of trade.

Year Export Price Index Import Price Index


1 110 100
2 105 100

All other things being equal, which of the following policy actions is most likely to
reduce the economic impact of the change in the nation’s terms of trade?

(A) The Reserve Bank increases interest rates.


(B) The Government increases income tax rates.
(C) The Government increases discretionary expenditure.
(D) The Reserve Bank intervenes to increase the value of the currency.

8 All other things being equal, households that are most likely to benefit from an increase
in the Consumer Price Index are those

(A) with assets.


(B) on fixed incomes.
(C) with bank deposits.
(D) on the Age Pension.

9 Which of the following is an economic cost of a rise in the Gini coefficient?

(A) An increase in economic growth


(B) An increase in the mobility of labour
(C) An increase in risk-taking by entrepreneurs
(D) An increase in government welfare support

2011 –4–
10 The graph shows the demand for and supply of Australian dollars.

S1
$A in terms
of $US
S0

0.70

0.60

0 Q1 Q0
Quantity of $A

Which of the following is the most likely reason for the shift in the supply curve from
S0 to S1?

(A) An increase in foreign imports into Australia


(B) An increase in foreign financial investment in Australia
(C) A reduction in the net income deficit on the current account
(D) A decline in the international competitiveness of Australian firms

11 What is the most likely impact of a rise in the level of Australia’s interest rates relative
to overseas interest rates?

(A) An increase in foreign investment in Australia and a depreciation of the $A


(B) An increase in foreign investment in Australia and an appreciation of the $A
(C) A decrease in foreign investment in Australia and a depreciation of the $A
(D) A decrease in foreign investment in Australia and an appreciation of the $A

12 What is the impact of an economic expansion on government revenues and expenditure?

(A) Both progressive taxation receipts and unemployment benefit payments increase.
(B) Both progressive taxation receipts and unemployment benefit payments decrease.
(C) Progressive taxation receipts decrease and unemployment benefit payments
increase.
(D) Progressive taxation receipts increase and unemployment benefit payments
decrease.

2011 –5–
13 The table shows national accounts data for Consumption (C) and National Income (Y) in
$ billion for an economy.

Year C ($bn) Y ($bn)


1 110 150
2 200 300

What is the new equilibrium level of income (Y) in Year 3 if investment increases by $40bn?

(A) $360bn
(B) $367bn
(C) $400bn
(D) $420bn

14 In which of these situations are the net foreign liabilities of an economy most likely to
increase?

(A) Current account deficit and currency appreciation


(B) Current account deficit and currency depreciation
(C) Current account surplus and currency appreciation
(D) Current account surplus and currency depreciation

15 The table shows Balance of Payments data for a hypothetical economy with a floating
exchange rate.

Balance of Payments (BoP) $ billion ($bn)


Net Goods –15
Net Services 5
Net Income –50
Capital Account 5
Net Current Transfers 5

What is the value of the Financial Account?

(A) $45bn
(B) $50bn
(C) $55bn
(D) $60bn

2011 –6–
16 Which is the most appropriate macroeconomic policy mix if the Australian economy is
experiencing inflationary pressures?

(A) A decrease in taxation and the sale of government securities by the Reserve Bank
(B) A decrease in government spending and the sale of government securities by the
Reserve Bank
(C) An increase in taxation and the purchase of government securities by the
Reserve Bank
(D) An increase in government spending and the purchase of government securities by
the Reserve Bank

17 The following graph shows the effect of a tariff on the price and quantity of imported
shirts.

Assume that the world price of shirts is $10 and that the tariff is $5 per shirt.

Price S

$15

$10

0 100 200 300 400 Quantity

By what amount does the revenue of foreign producers of shirts decrease as a result of
the tariff?

(A) $500
(B) $1000
(C) $1500
(D) $2000

2011 –7–
18 The table shows the gross domestic product per capita (GDP/Capita) and the Human
Development Index (HDI) values for two countries.

Country GDP/Capita HDI


A $3000 0.9
B $5000 0.7

What can be correctly inferred from the data in the table?

(A) Country A has a lower Gini coefficient than Country B.


(B) Country A has a higher Gini coefficient than Country B.
(C) Country A has a lower life expectancy and lower educational attainment than
Country B.
(D) Country A has a higher life expectancy and higher educational attainment than
Country B.

19 Which of the following methods of financing an expansionary fiscal policy will be more
likely to result in higher inflation?

(A) Selling government assets


(B) Borrowing from the Reserve Bank
(C) Issuing government securities for sale in the domestic market
(D) Issuing government securities for sale to foreign investors in a foreign currency

20 An industry that generates pollution incurs both private and social costs.

What will happen to the quantity and equilibrium price when BOTH private and social
costs are taken into account?

(A) Both output and price will fall.


(B) Both output and price will rise.
(C) Output will fall and the price will rise.
(D) Output will rise and the price will fall.

2011 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2011 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces provide guidance for the expected
length of response.

Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Outline the role of the World Trade Organisation. 2

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain ONE disadvantage of bilateral trade agreements. 3

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

1121
2011 –9–
Question 21 (continued)

(c) For an economy other than Australia, analyse the strategies used by the 5
government in response to the international business cycle.

Name of economy: ..........................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2011 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2011 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) The table shows current account data for an economy.

Component Year 1 Year 2


($bn) ($bn)
Exports of goods and services 250 300
Imports of goods and services 275 350
Net Income –50 –60
Net Current Transfers –5 –5

(i) Calculate the change in the current account balance from Year 1 to 2
Year 2.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

(ii) Outline ONE factor that may have caused the change in the Net Income 2
component of the current account.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

(iii) Outline ONE factor that may have caused the change in the Imports 2
component of the current account.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................
Question 22 continues on page 12
1122
2011 – 11 –
Question 22 (continued)

(b) Why does Australia have a persistently high current account deficit? 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2011 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2011 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) The table shows employment data for a hypothetical economy. 1

(Millions)
Employed persons ................................................... 9.5
Unemployed persons .............................................. 0.5
Working age population...................................... 15.0
Total population .................................................... 22.0

Calculate the participation rate for this economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) What is the difference between an award and an enterprise agreement? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

1123
2011 – 13 –
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain how ONE labour market policy may influence the level of structural 3
unemployment.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain the advantages of a decentralised system of wage determination on the 4


level of economic activity.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2011 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2011 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Define a public good. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) How may market failure affect the preservation of the natural environment? 3

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 16

1124
2011 – 15 –
Question 24 (continued)

(c) How can regulations and market-based policies be used to manage the natural 5
environment?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2011 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2011 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

How does fiscal policy affect economic activity and income distribution in the Australian
economy? In your response you should refer to the economic information provided below.

Of course fiscal policy has always been with us; what has returned in the
past couple of years is the use of active discretionary fiscal policy as a
counter-cyclical tool.
DAVID GRUEN, 2009
Source: The Treasury - Adapted speech by Dr David Gruen, Australian Business Economists Annual
Forecasting Conference 2009, The Return of Fiscal Policy - 8 December 2009

Australian Government Budget Balance

$bn
40 Underlying budget balances ($bn)

Actual balances to 2009–10 Government forecasts from 2010–11


20

–20

–40

–60
04 / 05 05 / 06 06 / 07 07 / 08 08 / 09 09 / 10 10 / 11 11 / 12 12 / 13 13 / 14
Fiscal year
OR

1125
2011 – 17 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 26 (20 marks)

How does monetary policy affect inflation and unemployment in the Australian economy?
In your response you should refer to the economic information provided below.

An important feature of inflation-targeting frameworks is that they are


forward looking. We know that it takes time for changes in monetary
policy to have their full effect on the economy.
PHILIP LOWE, 2010
Source: Reserve Bank of Australia - Adapted speech by Philip Lowe, Address to Australian Business
Economics Annual Forecasting Conference Dinner, Sydney, 8 December 2010

Australian Interest Rates and Inflation


%
8

0
June Dec June Dec June Dec June Dec June Dec June Dec
2005 2005 2006 2006 2007 2007 2008 2008 2009 2009 2010 2010

Underlying CPI inflation (% annual change)


Reserve Bank Cash Rate (%)

2011 – 18 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 27 (20 marks)

Discuss the effects of microeconomic reform on product and factor markets in the Australian
economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Discuss the impact of changes in the domestic and global economy on Australia’s exchange rate.

End of paper

2011 – 19 –
BLANK PAGE

2011 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2011
2010
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–17
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 19–20
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 21
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
1120
2010
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following economic objectives can best be achieved simultaneously with
economic growth?

(A) Price stability


(B) External balance
(C) Increasing employment
(D) Environmental sustainability

2 Which of the following microeconomic reforms is most likely to relate to a product


market?

(A) Deregulation of the labour market


(B) Reduction in marginal income tax rates
(C) Deregulation of the Australian financial system
(D) Introduction of the National Competition Policy

3 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Balance of Payments items $ billion ($bn)


Exports 500
Imports 540
Net services −70
Net income −115
Net current transfers 85
Capital transfers 30
Reserve Assets −20

According to the information in the table, which statement is correct for the economy if
it has a floating exchange rate?

(A) There is a deficit of $225bn on the balance of goods and services.


(B) There is a surplus of $140bn on the capital and financial account.
(C) There is a surplus of $950bn on the current account.
(D) There is a deficit of $10bn on the capital account.

2010 –2–
4 The graph shows an economy in equilibrium at We.

Wage
D0
S0
W1

We

D0
S0

0
Qe Labour

What will be the impact if the government set a minimum wage of W1?

(A) The demand for labour will increase.


(B) The labour force participation rate will fall.
(C) There will be an increase in unemployment.
(D) Firms will demand less labour at every wage rate.

5 Which of the following policies would lead to a rise in the natural rate of unemployment?

(A) An increase in official interest rates


(B) A reduction in government expenditure
(C) A decreased emphasis on wage decentralisation
(D) A reduction in protection of manufacturing industries

6 Which international organisation is responsible for maintaining international financial


stability?

(A) World Bank


(B) World Trade Organisation
(C) International Monetary Fund
(D) Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

2010 –3–
7 The table shows Consumer Price Index (CPI) data by expenditure group for an economy.

Expenditure Group Weighting factor in CPI by expenditure


CPI (%) group (base year = 100)
Food 30 110
Health 10 130
Housing 15 125
Clothing 20 120

According to the data, which CPI expenditure group contributes most to the inflation rate?

(A) Food
(B) Health
(C) Housing
(D) Clothing

8 Which of the following is most likely to increase Australia’s international competitiveness?

(A) Structural change and higher interest rates in Australia


(B) Lower labour costs and improved infrastructure in Australia
(C) Lower inflation in Australia and reduced import quotas on foreign cars
(D) Productivity growth in Australia and appreciation of the Australian dollar

9 Which of the following government policies is most likely to reduce the size of a negative
externality?

(A) Reduction in petrol excise


(B) Abolition of national park entry fees
(C) Lowering rebates on sustainable energy sources
(D) Reducing tax concessions on car parking spaces in the city

2010 –4–
10 The graph shows that the Australian economy has moved from point X to point Y.

X
Y
GDP

Time

Which policy mix is the most appropriate for this economy?

(A) The Reserve Bank buys government securities and the Federal Government
implements an expansionary budget.
(B) The Reserve Bank sells government securities and the Federal Government
implements an expansionary budget.
(C) The Reserve Bank buys government securities and the Federal Government
implements a contractionary budget.
(D) The Reserve Bank sells government securities and the Federal Government
implements a contractionary budget.

11 Which of the following policies is most likely to result in a decrease in demand inflation
and an increase in cost inflation?

(A) A decrease in non-discretionary government expenditure and loose monetary


policy
(B) An increase in non-discretionary government expenditure and increased import
tariffs
(C) An increase in discretionary government expenditure and a reduction in subsidies
to producers
(D) A decrease in discretionary government expenditure and a depreciation of the
domestic currency

2010 –5–
12 The table shows selected data for a hypothetical economy.

Year C S I
1 100 50 400
2 200 150 400
3 300 250 400

What is the value of the multiplier?

(A) 0.2
(B) 0.5
(C) 1.0
(D) 2.0

13 Which of the following is most likely to occur when a budget deficit is funded by selling
new government securities?

(A) Money supply will increase.


(B) Current account deficit will rise.
(C) Private sector borrowing costs will rise.
(D) Private sector investment levels will increase.

14 Which of the following is most likely to shift both the aggregate demand and aggregate
supply curve to the right?

(A) An increase in investment and a reduction in subsidies to producers


(B) An increase in the budget deficit and a decrease in the cost of labour
(C) An increase in the productivity of labour and an increase in interest rates
(D) An increase in the budget surplus and an increase in the cost of raw materials

15 Which statement best describes public goods?

(A) They are provided at zero marginal costs.


(B) Property rights tend to be easily defined.
(C) Their price incorporates social costs.
(D) They are non-rival and excludable.

2010 –6–
16 Which scenario best demonstrates the benefits of a fixed exchange rate system?

(A) A country experiencing a recession fixes its currency to that of a country in which
interest rates are low.
(B) A country experiencing a boom fixes its currency to that of a country experiencing
a recession.
(C) A country experiencing a recession fixes its exchange rate above the equilibrium
rate.
(D) A country experiencing a boom fixes its exchange rate below the equilibrium rate.

17 The table shows the human development index (HDI) values for two countries.

Country HDI
A 0.3
B 0.9

Which statement is most consistent with the HDI data given?

(A) Adult literacy rates are higher in Country A than in Country B.


(B) The level of urbanisation is greater in Country A than Country B.
(C) The population growth rate in Country A is higher than in Country B.
(D) Public institutions are more developed in Country A than in Country B.

18 The table shows selected data on the composition of Australia’s GDP by industry.

Industry 1950 (% GDP) 2008 (% GDP)


Agriculture 40 5
Mining 30 5
Manufacturing 20 10
Services 10 80

Which of the following is most likely to explain the trends in the table?

(A) A decline in rural population and increased global demand for commodities
(B) Greater financial integration and reduced levels of protection for Australian
manufacturers
(C) The deterioration of tourism infrastructure and the discovery of new mineral
deposits outside Australia
(D) The rise of efficient manufacturers in developing economies and an increase in the
demand for agricultural products

2010 –7–
19 The diagram refers to the distribution of income and wealth in a hypothetical economy.

100

Cumulative proportion of
income and wealth (%)
80

60

40
Income
20 Wealth

0
0 20 40 60 80 100

Cumulative proportion of persons ranked by


income and wealth (%)

According to the diagram, which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) Wealth has a higher Gini coefficient than income and the distribution of wealth is
more unequal than the distribution of income.
(B) Income has a higher Gini coefficient than wealth and the distribution of income is
more unequal than the distribution of wealth.
(C) Wealth has a lower Gini coefficient than income and the distribution of wealth is
more unequal than the distribution of income.
(D) Income has a higher Gini coefficient than wealth and the distribution of income is
more equal than the distribution of wealth.

20 What would be the likely impact on an economy if the government increased quotas on
imported cars?

(A) The domestic price of cars would increase.


(B) The market share of domestic producers would decline.
(C) The supply of cars in the domestic market would decrease.
(D) Foreign producers would find it more difficult to access the domestic market.

2010 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2010 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks
Attempt Questions 21–24 Student Number
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
Answer the questions in the spaces provided. These spaces provide guidance for the expected
length of response.

Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) The table shows data for a nation’s terms of trade.

Year Export Price Index Import Price Index


1 100 100
2 92 115
3 96 116

Using the information in the table, calculate the terms of trade for this nation in 2
Year 2 and identify the trend from Year 2 to Year 3.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Why has there been an increase in Australia’s service exports in the last two 2
decades?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

1121
2010 –9–
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Why has the value of Australia’s imports from Asia increased in the last two 2
decades?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain why Australia is consistently a net importer of capital. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2010 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2010 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between a newly industrialised country (NIC) and a transition 2


economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Briefly explain why the world economy is experiencing international 3


convergence.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

1122
2010 – 11 –
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain the role of trade and investment in promoting the globalisation process 5
in an economy other than Australia.

Name of economy: ...........................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2010 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2010 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) The table shows employment data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Employed Persons Unemployed Persons Working Age Population


1 510 000 90 000 1 000 000
2 600 000 150 000 1 100 000

(i) Calculate the change in the unemployment rate from Year 1 to Year 2. 1

...................................................................................................................

(ii) With reference to the table, outline the cause of the change in the 2
unemployment rate from Year 1 to Year 2.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

1123
2010 – 13 –
Question 23 (continued)

(b) Briefly explain the effects of long-term unemployment on the Australian 3


economy.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain how fiscal policy can be used to increase the labour force participation 4
rate.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
End of Question 23

2010 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2010 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) The graph shows the market for $A in terms of $US. 2

D0
$US S0
$A

E0

S0 D0

0 Q0 Q of $A

The market is initially in equilibrium at an exchange rate E0 and a quantity of


$A at Q0.

On the diagram, draw the new equilibrium which results if there is a reduced
demand for foreign assets by Australian investors. Label the new equilibrium
exchange rate and quantity, E1 and Q1.

Question 24 continues on page 16

1124
2010 – 15 –
Question 24 (continued)

(b) The table shows the value of Australia’s currency against Country A and 3
Country B, under a floating exchange rate.

Year Country A Country B


Currency units/$A Currency units/$A
1 0.90 0.70
2 0.80 0.75
3 0.70 0.80

Briefly explain the trends in Australia’s exchange rate with Country A and
Country B.
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

2010 – 16 –
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Explain the possible impacts of loose monetary policy on the value of the 5
exchange rate and on economic growth in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2010 – 17 –
BLANK PAGE

2010 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2010 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss the economic concerns that the Australian Government takes into account when
formulating policies to manage the environment. In your response, you should refer to the
economic information provided.

Awaiting copyright

OR

1125
2010 – 19 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ use the information provided

■ apply relevant economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss the consequences for Australia of an unequal distribution of income and wealth, and
the policies that can be used to address this issue. In your response, you should refer to the
economic information provided.

Awaiting copyright

Source: ABS, 2007, Household and Income Distribution 2005–2006.

2010 – 20 –
Section IV

20 marks
Question 28
Allow about 45 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ demonstrate knowledge and understanding relevant to the question

■ apply relevant economic information, terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and cohesive response

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the effects of protectionist trade policies on the Australian economy.

End of paper

2010 – 21 –
BLANK PAGE

2010 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2010
2009
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–17
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 19–20
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 21
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2009
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 How can the government decrease inflationary pressures in the Australian economy?

(A) By increasing taxation


(B) By budgeting for a deficit
(C) By depreciating the Australian dollar
(D) By increasing government expenditure

2 How are the foreign company dividends paid to Australian investors recorded on
Australia’s Balance of Payments?

(A) As a debit on the current account


(B) As a credit on the current account
(C) As a debit on the capital and financial account
(D) As a credit on the capital and financial account

3 Which indicators are used to calculate the Human Development Index (HDI)?

(A) Population growth, per capita GDP, life expectancy


(B) Population growth, infant mortality rate, malnutrition
(C) Life expectancy, educational attainment, per capita GDP
(D) Current account balance, infant mortality rate, educational attainment

4 Which action by the Reserve Bank would stimulate the economy in an economic
downturn?

(A) Selling government securities in the cash market


(B) Buying government securities in the cash market
(C) Selling foreign currencies on the foreign exchange market
(D) Buying foreign currencies on the foreign exchange market

2009 –2–
5 The table shows data for a nation’s terms of trade.

Year Export Price Index Import Price Index


1 100 100
2 110 106
3 115 110

Which of the following statements about this nation’s terms of trade is correct?

(A) They improved from Year 1 through to Year 3.


(B) They deteriorated from Year 1 through to Year 3.
(C) They deteriorated from Year 1 to Year 2 and then improved from Year 2 to Year 3.
(D) They improved from Year 1 to Year 2 and then deteriorated from Year 2 to Year 3.

6 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Consumer Price Index (CPI) Terms of Trade Index


1 120 110
2 130 100
3 135 98

Given the changes in the data from Year 1 to Year 2 and from Year 2 to Year 3, what can
be concluded about this economy?

(A) The inflation rate has decreased and the volume of exports has fallen.
(B) The inflation rate has increased and the economy is less internationally
competitive.
(C) The inflation rate has increased and the price of exports has increased at a faster
rate than the price of imports.
(D) The inflation rate has decreased and the price of exports has decreased at a faster
rate than the price of imports.

7 Which of the following statements best describes the implementation and impact of
economic policies?

(A) Microeconomic policy is quickly implemented through the annual budget.


(B) Microeconomic policy shifts the aggregate demand curve to improve productivity.
(C) Monetary policy is quicker to implement than fiscal policy but takes longer to affect
economic activity.
(D) Monetary policy is slower to implement than fiscal policy and is quicker to affect
economic activity.

2009 –3–
8 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Real GDP ($bn) Net foreign liabilities ($bn) Net foreign debt ($bn)
1120 780 550

What is the value of net foreign equity as a percentage of real GDP?

(A) 20.5%
(B) 30.3%
(C) 49.1%
(D) 69.6%

9 Which of the following is most likely to improve Australia’s international


competitiveness?

(A) Implementation of structural change


(B) An increase in domestic interest rates
(C) An improvement in the terms of trade
(D) An increase in the value of the Australian dollar

10 The graph shows the impact of the introduction of a tariff.

Domestic
price D S
(per unit)

E F
P1
P G H

S D
0
Q Q2 Q3 Q1 Quantity

Which of the following describes the impact of introducing this tariff?

(A) Government revenue increased by the rectangle GHQ3Q2.


(B) Resource allocation improved as the demand for imported products contracted
from QQ1 to Q2 Q3 .
(C) Consumers’ real income improved as the supply of locally made products
expanded from Q to Q2.
(D) Resources were reallocated from importers to local producers as imports fell from
QQ1 to Q2 Q3 .
2009 –4–
11 What is the most likely impact of an appreciation of the Australian dollar?

(A) Lower import prices and an increase in net foreign debt


(B) Higher export prices and a deterioration of the terms of trade
(C) An improvement in the current account deficit and an increase in inflation
(D) A decrease in capital inflows and a decline in international competitiveness

12 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Nominal GDP Consumer Price Index Human Development


($bn) (CPI) Index (HDI)
1 6000 130 0.61
2 6800 150 0.76

According to the data, which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) Real GDP has increased and the quality of life has improved.
(B) Real GDP has increased and the quality of life has declined.
(C) Real GDP has decreased and the quality of life has improved.
(D) Real GDP has decreased and the quality of life has declined.

13 The table shows the Gini coefficient for Country A and Country B over three years.

Year Country A Country B


1 0.40 0.90
2 0.60 0.75
3 0.65 0.70

Which statement is correct given the data in the table?

(A) The Lorenz curve for Country A is moving closer to the line of equality.
(B) The Lorenz curve for Country B is moving away from the line of equality.
(C) The Lorenz curve for Country A is further away from the line of equality than the
Lorenz curve for Country B.
(D) The Lorenz curve for Country B is further away from the line of equality than the
Lorenz curve for Country A.

2009 –5–
14 The graph shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for an economy.

Price
level AD AS0 AS1

AD
AS0 AS1
0 Real GDP

Other things being equal, which of the following is most likely to shift the aggregate
supply curve from AS0 to AS1?

(A) Deregulating labour markets


(B) Regulating financial markets
(C) Increasing the rate of company taxation
(D) Reducing tax incentives for research and development

15 Which of the following is most likely to occur when the Australian government finances
a budget deficit by borrowing from overseas?

(A) Domestic interest rates will rise.


(B) The money supply will decrease.
(C) The current account deficit will rise.
(D) The Australian dollar will depreciate.

16 Which of the following occurs when the marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
increases?

(A) The value of the multiplier increases and the equilibrium level of income falls.
(B) The value of the multiplier increases and the equilibrium level of income rises.
(C) The value of the multiplier decreases and the equilibrium level of income rises.
(D) The value of the multiplier decreases and the equilibrium level of income falls.

2009 –6–
17 The graph shows the demand and supply for Australian dollars ($A).

$US / $A S0

S1

0.80

S0
0.70

D0
S1
0 Q of $A

Which of the following would cause the supply curve to shift from S0 to S1?

(A) Increased demand for foreign assets by Australians


(B) Decreased demand for foreign imports by Australians
(C) Decreased demand for Australian assets by foreigners
(D) Increased demand for Australian exports by foreigners

18 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Y C
Year
($m) ($m)
1 400 100
2 500 150
3 600 200
4 ? 300

What would be the new equilibrium level of income (Y) in Year 4, if consumption (C) in
this economy increases to $300m in Year 4 and the MPC remains constant?

(A) $200 m
(B) $600 m
(C) $700 m
(D) $800 m

2009 –7–
19 How would the size of the labour force and the rate of unemployment be affected if
people retrenched from their jobs did not actively seek employment?

(A) The labour force would be smaller and the unemployment rate would be lower.
(B) The labour force would be smaller and the unemployment rate would be higher.
(C) There would be no change in the labour force and the unemployment rate would be
higher.
(D) The labour force would be smaller and there would be no change in the
unemployment rate.

20 Which of the following is a feature of a decentralised labour market?

(A) A more flexible dispute resolution process to address wage claims


(B) Minimum wage levels automatically adjusted to changes in the cost of living
(C) Bargaining between unions and government to set pay and working conditions
(D) Collective bargaining to set national benchmarks for pay and working conditions

2009 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2009 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Question 21 (10 marks)

The table shows Consumer Price Index (CPI) data by expenditure group for an
economy.

Expenditure Weighting factor in CPI by expenditure


group CPI (%) group
Food 15 120
Housing 20 110
Health 5 150

(a) Which expenditure group contributed most to the inflation rate? 1


...............................................................................................................................

(b) Distinguish between demand inflation and cost inflation. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2009 –9–
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Explain how a depreciation of the Australian dollar affects inflation in Australia. 3
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain ONE positive and ONE negative effect of inflation on an economy. 4
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
End of Question 21
2009 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2009 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) The table shows information relating to the annual budgets for an economy.

Budget items Year 1 Year 2


($bn) ($bn)
Revenue
Income taxes 123 110
Goods and services tax 43 45
Excise duty 7 7

Expenditure
Defence 17 20
Health 44 39
Social security/welfare 97 115

Assume that tax rates and social security benefit rates remain unchanged from
Year 1 to Year 2.

(i) Calculate the value of the budget outcome for both Year 1 and Year 2. 2
...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

(ii) Using the data from the table, identify ONE discretionary and ONE 2
non-discretionary item that has contributed to the change in the budget
outcome from Year 1 to Year 2.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

147
2009 – 11 –
Question 22 (continued)

(iii) Outline how ONE non-discretionary change in the table on the previous 2
page could affect the distribution of income.

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................

(b) Examine the likely impact on the economy if the government finances a budget 4
deficit by borrowing from the domestic private sector.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2009 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2009 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Give ONE example of a public good. 1

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline ONE characteristic of a public good. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Briefly explain the relationship between economic growth and the environment. 3

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

148
2009 – 13 –
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Explain the positive and negative externalities that could arise if the government 4
built a new airport in the Sydney region.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2009 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2009 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) The diagram shows the equilibrium price, P0 , and quantity, Q0 , in a domestic 2
economy in which local producers are protected by a subsidy.

P S0
D0

P0

S0
D0

0 Q0 Q

On the diagram above draw the new equilibrium which results when the subsidy
to local producers is removed. Label the new equilibrium price and quantity
P1 and Q1 .

Question 24 continues on page 16

149
2009 – 15 –
Question 24 (continued)

(b) Briefly explain the impact on global trade flows of EITHER one contemporary 3
trading bloc OR one international organisation.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

2009 – 16 –
Question 24 (continued)

(c) The government of a country that trades with Australia reduces subsidy 5
payments to its farmers. Discuss the economic impact of this action on BOTH
economies.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2009 – 17 –
BLANK PAGE

2009 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2009 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss the impact of microeconomic policies on Australia’s economic performance. In your


answer, you should refer to the economic information provided.
Microeconomic reforms in Australia have improved productivity and reduced prices
in Australian infrastructure services. These changes raised the average income of
Australian households, helped reduce inflation through the development of
competitive markets and created employment opportunities in expanding industries.
Adapted from Productivity Commission
January 2008,
Extract from Distribution Effects of Changes in Australian Infrastructure Industries during the 1990s by G Verikos
& XG Zhang, Productivity Commissions, January 2008, © Commonwealth of Australia reproduced by permission

Annual average growth rate of labour productivity (%)

Australia OECDa EUb

1960–1970 3.1 4.6 5.4


1970–1980 1.8 2.9 3.8
1980–1990 1.1 2.0 2.1
1990–2000 2.3 1.9 1.9
2000–2007 1.7 1.7 1.2
Adapted Graph- Labour Productivity, Annual average growth rate,
http://www.pc.gov.au/research/productivity/estimates-trends/international-comparisons,
© Commonwealth of Australia reproduced by permission
a
OECD: Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
b
EU: European Union

Data source: The Conference Board and Groningen Growth and


Development Centre, Total Economy Database, September 2008.
OR
150
2009 – 19 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

With reference to Australia and at least ONE other economy, discuss the impact of
globalisation on development and the distribution of global wealth. In your answer, you should
refer to the economic information provided.

9%
14%
7%

9% 8%
3% Awaiting Copyright
4% 8%
2% 3%
6%

2%

Awaiting Copyright

2009 – 20 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Analyse the federal government’s macroeconomic policy mix to address inflation and
unemployment in the Australian economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of changes in the global economy on Australia’s economic growth and
external stability.

End of paper

2009 – 21 –
BLANK PAGE

2009 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2009
2008
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–17
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 19–20
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 21
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2008
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 Which of the following best characterises a developing economy?

(A) Low levels of income inequality


(B) High Human Development Index
(C) Stability and low levels of corruption
(D) High dependence on agricultural production

2 What would be the most likely effect of the Reserve Bank of Australia purchasing
government securities?

(A) A decrease in liquidity and a decrease in interest rates


(B) An increase in liquidity and a decrease in interest rates
(C) A decrease in liquidity and an increase in interest rates
(D) An increase in liquidity and an increase in interest rates

3 Which of the following describes a public good?

(A) A rival good which is excludable


(B) A rival good which is non-excludable
(C) A non-rival good which is excludable
(D) A non-rival good which is non-excludable

4 What has contributed to Australia’s persistent current account deficit?

(A) Ongoing federal budget surpluses


(B) Australia’s low national savings rate
(C) The high level of diversification of Australia’s exports
(D) A reduction in dividend payments to foreign investors

2008 –2–
5 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Balance of payments items $ billion


($bn)
Exports 400
Imports 460
Net services –50
Net income –110
Net current transfers 70

According to the data, which statement is correct for an economy with a floating
exchange rate?

(A) There is a surplus of $150bn on the capital and financial account.


(B) There is a deficit of $150bn on the capital and financial account.
(C) There is a surplus of $290bn on the current account.
(D) There is a deficit of $290bn on the current account.

6 Which of the following is an economic argument against protection?

(A) There is an increased risk of dumping of foreign products.


(B) Infant industries are shielded from foreign competition.
(C) Unemployment increases in the short term.
(D) Resources are misallocated.

7 What would be the initial impact of an increase in aggregate demand when an economy
is at its natural rate of unemployment?

(A) An increase in unemployment and an increase in prices


(B) An increase in unemployment and a decrease in prices
(C) A decrease in unemployment and an increase in prices
(D) A decrease in unemployment and a decrease in prices

2008 –3–
8 What would be the most likely effect of a move to a more decentralised system of wage
determination?

(A) Reduced labour mobility


(B) Reduced income inequality
(C) Reduced inflationary pressure
(D) Reduced international competitiveness

9 The diagram shows the impact of a change in trade policy on the domestic market.

Domestic
price D S
(per unit)

P2

(World price) P1
S D
0
Quantity

Which of the following explains the increase in domestic price from P1 to P2?

(A) A reduction in tariffs


(B) Relaxation of local content rules
(C) The introduction of an import quota
(D) Increased subsidies paid to domestic producers

10 Which of the following may cause an appreciation of the Australian dollar?

(A) Australia’s interest rates increase relative to overseas interest rates.


(B) Australian investors purchase a foreign owned firm.
(C) World commodity prices decrease.
(D) Imports into Australia increase.

2008 –4–
11 The diagram shows the Lorenz curve for an economy.

100
Cumulative
proportion
of national
income
50
(%)

0
0 50 100
Cumulative proportion of households
ranked by income
(%)

What proportion of national income is received by the poorest 50% of households?

(A) 15%
(B) 35%
(C) 50%
(D) 80%

12 How could the Australian government finance a budget deficit while maintaining external
stability?

(A) By increasing domestic income tax rates


(B) By selling bonds to international investors
(C) By reducing the level of government expenditure
(D) By borrowing funds from the domestic private sector

2008 –5–
13 The table shows population and employment data for two countries, A and B.

Country Population Working age Employed Unemployed


population
(million) (million) (million) (million)

A 120 70 35 5

B 90 50 26 4

Which statement is correct?

(A) Country A has a higher participation rate and a higher unemployment rate than
Country B.
(B) Country A has a higher participation rate but a lower unemployment rate than
Country B.
(C) Country B has a higher participation rate and a higher unemployment rate than
Country A.
(D) Country B has a higher participation rate but a lower unemployment rate than
Country A.

14 Which of the following is a feature of market failure?

(A) It is not easy to price public goods or ration their use.


(B) Property rights are clearly identifiable and enforceable.
(C) The equilibrium price for resource usage takes into consideration social costs.
(D) An increase in negative externalities is directly paid for by the producer or
consumer.

2008 –6–
15 An economy is a net importer of commodities and a net exporter of manufactured goods.

Which of the following will lead to a deterioration in its terms of trade?

(A) The volume of manufactured exports increases relative to the volume of


commodity imports.
(B) The volume of manufactured exports decreases relative to the volume of
commodity imports.
(C) The prices for commodities increase relative to prices for manufactured goods on
world markets.
(D) The prices for manufactured goods increase relative to commodity prices on world
markets.

16 Which of the following contributes to wage decentralisation in Australia?

(A) The operation of the Australian Industrial Relations Commission (AIRC)


(B) The abolition of Australian Workplace Agreements (AWAs)
(C) The annual adjustment of the minimum wage
(D) The practice of enterprise bargaining

17 Which of the following would increase Australia’s Gini coefficient?

(A) An increase in the Goods and Services Tax (GST) rate


(B) An increase in the top marginal tax rate
(C) An increase in welfare payments
(D) An increase in public housing

18 Which of the following would reduce frictional unemployment?

(A) Decreasing government expenditure on training and development


(B) Improving the effectiveness of employment agencies
(C) Reducing the minimum school leaving age
(D) Encouraging welfare recipients to work

2008 –7–
19 The diagram shows the aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for an economy.

Price AS1
level AD AS0

AS1 AD
AS0
Real GDP

Other things being equal, which of the following will shift the aggregate supply curve
from AS0 to AS1?

(A) Lower tax rates


(B) Decreased interest rates
(C) Reduced skilled migrant intake
(D) Appreciation of the exchange rate

20 Which statement about externalities is correct?

(A) In the presence of negative externalities, private costs are greater than social costs.
(B) In the presence of negative externalities, social costs are greater than private costs.
(C) In the presence of positive externalities, private benefits are greater than social
benefits.
(D) In the presence of positive externalities, private costs are greater than private
benefits.

2008 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2008 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes f or this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) Calculate the simple multiplier for an economy in which the MPS = 0.25. 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) How does the multiplier process increase national income? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Outline ONE effect of economic growth on an economy. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2008 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(d) Explain how ONE domestic influence and ONE global influence affect 5
Australia’s economic growth.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2008 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2008 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Define gross world product. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline ONE positive and ONE negative impact of globalisation on the 2
environment.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Describe ONE impact of transnational corporations (TNCs) on a country other 2


than Australia.

Name of country: ............................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

147
2008 – 11 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(d) Evaluate the effectiveness of ONE strategy that has been used to promote 4
economic development in a country other than Australia.

Name of country: ............................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2008 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2008 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) What is meant by the term structural change? 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Why might a government implement microeconomic reform? 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Describe ONE limitation of microeconomic reform. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

148
2008 – 13 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Examine the economic effects of financial market deregulation OR labour 4


market deregulation in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2008 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2008 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Define foreign direct investment (FDI). 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 16

149
2008 – 15 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(b) The table shows current account data for Australia. 3

Australia’s current account balance 2006–07


($m)

Balance on Goods and Services –12 033

Income
Credits 32 873
Debits – 79 585 Balance of Payments
Net Income – 46 712 and International
Investment Position;
Catalogue #5302.0,
Net current transfers – 444 August 2007, ABS data
used with permission
Balance on the current account – 59 189 from the Australian
Bureau of Statistics
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics

Using the data, briefly explain how Net Income affects the current account
balance.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 17

2008 – 16 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Analyse TWO possible economic consequences of foreign debt for an economy. 5

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2008 – 17 –
BLANK PAGE

2008 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2008 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss the influence of international organisations and contemporary trading blocs and
agreements in promoting globalisation. In your answer, use the economic information
provided.

“Essentially, the WTO is a place where member governments go to try to sort


out the trade problems they face with each other.”

“The IMF’s primary purpose is to ensure the stability of the international


monetary system – the system of exchange rates and international payments
that enables countries . . . to buy goods and services from each other.”

“What Is the IMF?” September 30, 2006.


www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/exrp/what.htm

“Trading blocs can act either as ‘stepping stones’ or ‘stumbling blocks’ to


global free trade.”

“Multilateral and bilateral trade agreements can influence participating


countries in different ways.”

© 2008 World Trade Organization

OR

150
2008 – 19 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss the effects of an appreciation of the Australian dollar on Australia’s internal and
external stability. In your answer, use the economic information provided.

Selected economic indicators for the Australian economy

Year Trade Current Inflation Unemployment


weighted account Rate
index (% of GDP) (%) (%)
2001 49.7 –2.6 6.0 6.4
2002 52.3 –2.6 2.9 6.6
2003 59.4 –5.1 3.1 6.1
2004 59.1 –5.6 2.4 5.6
2005 64.5 –6.2 2.4 5.1
2006 62.2 –5.6 3.2 4.9
2007 68.9 –5.8 2.9 4.2

Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2007


Australian Economic Indicators, August and RBA(2007), Bulletin,
August 2007, ABS Cat. 1350.0 & 5302.0 & ABS CPI Cat. 6401.0 Dec 2007,
ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics

2008 – 20 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Evaluate the effectiveness of fiscal policy in achieving Australia’s economic objectives.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Evaluate the effectiveness of monetary policy in achieving Australia’s economic objectives.

End of paper

2008 – 21 –
BLANK PAGE

2008 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2008
2007
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–20
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 21–22
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 13, 15 and 17 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 23
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2007
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet for Questions 1–20.

1 What would limit the globalisation process among nations?

(A) Increases in the number of free trade agreements


(B) Increases in the flow of direct foreign investment
(C) Increases in the volume of trade flows
(D) Increases in protection levels

2 Which of the following people are not included in the Australian labour force for
statistical purposes?

(A) People who are injured and on leave receiving workers compensation
(B) People over 15 years of age but only working one hour per week
(C) Self-employed people working in family run businesses
(D) Full-time students over 15 years of age

3 An increase in which of the following would shift the aggregate supply curve to the right?

(A) Wage rates


(B) Immigration
(C) Interest rates
(D) Energy prices

4 Which economic objectives often conflict with one another?

(A) Economic growth and external balance


(B) Economic growth and full employment
(C) Low inflation and international competitiveness
(D) Low unemployment and a more equitable distribution of income

2007 –2–
5 The diagram shows the effects of a tariff. The curve SS is the supply from domestic
producers and the curve DD is the demand from domestic consumers. The duty free price
is $15 and the government imposed tariff is $5.

Price D
(per unit) S

25
20
15

S D

0
20 30 40 50 60 Quantity

Which statement is correct?

(A) The government receives $100 in tariff revenue and domestic production of this
product increases.
(B) The government receives $100 in tariff revenue and domestic production of this
product decreases.
(C) The government receives $50 in tariff revenue and domestic production of this
product increases.
(D) The government receives $50 in tariff revenue and domestic production of this
product decreases.

6 What is a possible reason for the unemployment rate remaining high, despite increased
levels of economic activity?

(A) Increased levels of aggregate supply


(B) Decreased levels of labour productivity
(C) Increased rates of hidden unemployment
(D) Increased labour force participation rates

7 What might lead to a reduction of a budget surplus?

(A) An increase in tax rates


(B) An increase in economic activity
(C) An increase in transfer payments
(D) Privatisation of a public enterprise

2007 –3–
8 Other things being equal, what could be a likely consequence if the Reserve Bank of
Australia lowered interest rates?

(A) There would be an increase in capital outflows, the supply of the Australian dollar
would increase and this could lead to a depreciation of the currency.
(B) There would be an increase in capital inflows, the demand for the Australian dollar
would increase and this could lead to an appreciation of the currency.
(C) There would be an increase in capital outflows, the supply of the Australian dollar
would decrease and this could lead to a depreciation of the currency.
(D) There would be an increase in capital inflows, the demand for the Australian dollar
would decrease and this could lead to an appreciation of the currency.

9 The diagram shows the relationship between inflation and unemployment for a
hypothetical economy.

Inflation
(%) A

Unemployment (%)

What would move the economy from A to B?

(A) Increased levels of interest rates and increased income tax rates
(B) Increased levels of capital expenditure and decreased income tax rates
(C) Decreased levels of consumer expenditure and decreased levels of exports
(D) Decreased levels of government expenditure and increased levels of imports

2007 –4–
10 The table shows selected data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Consumer Total Number Labour


price index population unemployed force
(CPI) (’000) (’000) (’000)
1 100 3000 80 1000
2 106 3100 70 1100
3 118 3500 60 1200

From Year 2 to Year 3 which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) The inflation rate has increased to 12% and the unemployment rate has decreased.
(B) The inflation rate has increased to 12% and the unemployment rate has increased.
(C) The inflation rate has increased to 11.3% and the unemployment rate has decreased.
(D) The inflation rate has increased to 11.3% and the unemployment rate has increased.

11 The diagram shows the demand for and supply of Australian dollars.

Price of $A
in terms of D
foreign S
currencies

D1
0.80

0.75
D

S D1
0
Q1 Q0 Quantity of $A

Other things being equal, what would be the effects of a movement of the demand curve
for Australian dollars from DD to D1 D1 ?
(A) Australia’s international competitiveness would decrease and capital inflow would
be encouraged as domestic assets are less expensive.
(B) Australia’s international competitiveness would decrease and capital outflow
would be encouraged as domestic assets are more expensive.
(C) Australia’s international competitiveness would increase and capital inflow would
be encouraged as domestic assets are less expensive.
(D) Australia’s international competitiveness would increase and capital outflow would
be encouraged as domestic assets are more expensive.

2007 –5–
12 The Marginal Propensity to Consume (MPC) for an economy is 0.8. An increase in
investment leads to an increase in national income of $250m.

Other things being equal, what is the value of the increase in investment?

(A) $50m
(B) $150m
(C) $200m
(D) $312.5m

13 Which of the following could be recorded as a credit in the current account of the
Australian balance of payments?

(A) Expenditure on imports


(B) Interest paid to Australian lenders
(C) Dividends paid to foreign investors
(D) Foreign aid from the Australian government for capital works in Thailand

14 The table shows selected data for a hypothetical economy.

Year Export price index Import price index


1 100 100
2 110 105
3 130 140

Which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) In Year 2 import prices rose faster than export prices.


(B) In Year 3 export prices rose faster than import prices.
(C) In Year 3 a given volume of exports will buy a larger volume of imports.
(D) In Year 3 a given volume of exports will buy a smaller volume of imports.

2007 –6–
15 Which statement best illustrates the difference between the effects of a tariff on imports
and a subsidy on domestic production?

(A) A tariff increases the price of the imported good and a subsidy may decrease the
supply of the domestic good.
(B) A tariff increases the price of the imported good and a subsidy may increase the
supply of the domestic good.
(C) A tariff decreases the price of the imported good and a subsidy may increase the
supply of the domestic good.
(D) A tariff decreases the price of the imported good and a subsidy may decrease the
supply of the domestic good.

16 If a major trading partner of Australia experienced a significant appreciation of its


currency, what would be the likely effect in Australia?

(A) International competitiveness with this country would decline.


(B) Imported inflation from this country would decline.
(C) Imports from this country would be less expensive.
(D) Terms of trade with this country would decline.

17 Which policy is consistent with the preservation of the natural environment?

(A) Tax incentives that encourage increased coal production


(B) Lower tariffs on imported cars with larger engine capacities
(C) Water prices that increase with the amount of water consumed
(D) A subsidy to the forestry industries that is directly proportional to the number of
trees felled

18 Which statement best describes the operation of monetary policy in comparison to the
operation of fiscal policy?

(A) Monetary policy is slower to implement and is less effective in controlling


inflation.
(B) Monetary policy is faster to implement and is more effective in controlling
inflation.
(C) Fiscal policy is slower to implement but is more effective in controlling inflation.
(D) Fiscal policy is faster to implement but is less effective in controlling inflation.

2007 –7–
19 What is a possible benefit to the Australian economy of micro economic reform?

(A) Increases in social security payments


(B) Increases in tariff protection for Australian producers
(C) Increases in the market share of dominant firms in Australian markets
(D) Increases in household savings through superannuation and tax incentives

20 Other things being equal, what will be the impact of an increase in domestic interest
rates?

(A) Economic activity decreases and the exchange rate depreciates.


(B) Economic activity decreases and the exchange rate appreciates.
(C) Economic activity increases and the exchange rate depreciates.
(D) Economic activity increases and the exchange rate appreciates.

2007 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2007 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

(a) What does the Lorenz curve measure? 1

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

The diagram shows a Lorenz curve for an economy.

100
Cumulative proportion of

80
total income (%)

60
A B
40
Lorenz
20 ccuurve

0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Cumulative proportion of
persons ranked by income (%)

(b) State the formula for the Gini coefficient using the areas denoted by A and B. 1
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2007 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

The table shows Gini coefficient data for Australia.

Gini coefficient Gini coefficient


Year
(pre-tax) (after-tax)
1970 0.310 0.250
1980 0.278 0.201
1990 0.338 0.254
2000 0.383 0.279

(c) Use the pre-tax Gini coefficient data to identify the changes over time for 2
income inequality.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Briefly explain why the after-tax Gini coefficient is lower than the pre-tax Gini 2
coefficient.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

2007 – 10 –
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(e) Discuss how TWO taxation changes have affected the distribution of income in 4
Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2007 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2007 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2007 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

(a) Outline TWO causes of inflation in Australia. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain the process the Reserve Bank uses to tighten monetary policy in 3
Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 14

147
2007 – 13 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Analyse the effects of a tightening of monetary policy on the level of economic 5
activity in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2007 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2007 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Outline TWO economic indicators of the globalisation process. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain why globalisation has increased international financial flows. 3

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 16

148
2007 – 15 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain the economic reasons for differences in the standard of living between 5
two nations.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2007 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2007 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Define private costs and social costs. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Describe TWO essential characteristics of a public good. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 18

149
2007 – 17 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Discuss ONE economic method that a government may use to reduce pollution. 3

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 19

2007 – 18 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

The recent drought experience in Australia highlights the degree of market


failure in the allocation of scarce resources. For example, current water
prices do not reflect real economic or social costs.

(d) Explain how market failure causes the misallocation of scarce resources in 3
Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2007 – 19 –
BLANK PAGE

2007 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2007 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss the impact of sustained fiscal surpluses on resource use and economic activity in the
Australian economy.

The federal budget has moved from deficit to surplus. The on-going
savings have changed the government debt burden and allowed changes
in government spending and taxation.

Australian Government Budget Indicators

Year Fiscal balance Net government debt

$ billion % of GDP $ billion % of GDP


2000–2001 5.6 0.8 42.7 6.2
2001–2002 –3.4 –0.5 38.0 5.2
2002–2003 4.7 0.6 29.7 3.8
2003–2004 4.8 0.6 23.4 2.8
2004–2005 10.8 1.2 11.5 1.3
2005–2006 16.0 1.7 –4.8 –0.5
Australian Government Budget Paper, no. 1, 2006–07, Statement 13
Copyright Commenweath of Australia

OR

150
2007 – 21 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss the economic implications for the Australian economy of Australia’s continuing
current account deficits.

There are opposing views about the effect of Australia’s continuing


current account deficit. While some argue that Australians are spending
beyond their means, others believe the current account deficit reflects
Australia’s increasing productive capacity.

Australian household savings ratio


20.0

15.0

10.0
Per cent

5.0

0.0

–5.0

–10.0
1990 1995 2000 2005

2007 – 22 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Explain how Australia’s labour market policies have affected work practices and employment.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

For an economy other than Australia, explain how government development strategies have
responded to the process of globalisation.

End of paper

2007 – 23 –
BLANK PAGE

2007 – 24 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2007
2006
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–18
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 19–20
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 13, 15 and 17 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 21
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2006
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.

correct

A B C D

2006 –2–
1 Which of the following is a feature of a decentralised industrial relations framework?

(A) An increase in the role of industrial tribunals


(B) The indexation of wage increases to inflation
(C) Greater involvement of unions in wage negotiations
(D) Individual negotiations between employees and employers

2 Which international organisation is mainly responsible for monitoring and enforcing


global multilateral trade agreements?

(A) Association of South East Asian Nations


(B) Asia Pacific Economic Co-operation
(C) World Trade Organisation
(D) International Monetary Fund

3 The table shows selected data for a nation.

Year Money gross Literacy Mortality rate per Consumer


domestic product level 1000 population price index
(GDP) ($m) (%) (CPI)
1995 $4000 67 80 145
2005 $7550 79 55 170

According to the data, which statement correctly describes what this economy has
experienced over the time period shown?

(A) An increase in real GDP but a decline in living standards


(B) An increase in real GDP and improved living standards
(C) A decrease in real GDP and a decline in living standards
(D) A decrease in real GDP but improved living standards

4 Which of the following indicates international convergence?

(A) Increasing similarity of economic systems


(B) Reductions in the international mobility of labour
(C) Dismantling of internationally-based trade agreements
(D) Widening gaps between developed and developing economies

2006 –3–
5 If an economy is experiencing high levels of demand inflation, what would be
appropriate policy responses?

(A) Increased government expenditure, decreased taxation and increased interest rates
(B) Increased government expenditure, decreased taxation and decreased interest rates
(C) Decreased government expenditure, increased taxation and increased interest rates
(D) Decreased government expenditure, increased taxation and decreased interest rates

6 As a percentage of Gross Domestic Product, which of the following is a measure of


external stability?

(A) Capital inflow


(B) The budget deficit
(C) Household savings ratio
(D) The current account deficit

7 The diagram shows the impact of a change in the quota for imported cars.

S1 S
D

Price

D
S1 S
0
Quantity

According to the diagram, what are the effects of a movement in the supply curve from
SS to S1S1?

(A) The quota has increased and local car producers face more competition.
(B) The quota has increased and local car producers face less competition.
(C) The quota has decreased and local car producers face more competition.
(D) The quota has decreased and local car producers face less competition.

2006 –4–
8 Other things being equal, if an increase of $90m in investment expenditure resulted in an
increase in national income of $225m, what is the value of the Marginal Propensity to
Consume (MPC)?

(A) 0.25
(B) 0.4
(C) 0.6
(D) 2.5

9 The table shows the relative weights allocated to the currency of Australia’s major trading
partners.

Currency Relative weights


Year 1 Year 2
Japanese Yen 18.7 16.1
United States Dollar 15.8 17.2
European Euro 12.4 10.7
UK Pound Sterling 5.3 7.0

Which of the following is a possible explanation for the movement in the relative weights
of the currencies of Australia’s trading partners?

(A) A reduction in goods imported to Australia from the UK


(B) An increase in the volume of Australia’s trade with Japan
(C) The implementation of a free trade agreement between Australia and Europe
(D) An increase in Australia’s demand for traded commodities from the United States

10 What is an economic benefit for an economy of an unequal distribution of income and


wealth?

(A) An increase in social division


(B) An increase in the household debt ratio
(C) An increased incentive to work longer hours
(D) An increased level of government welfare spending

2006 –5–
11 Which of the following could explain a movement in Australia’s Terms of Trade index
from 110 to 106?

(A) A rise in export prices relative to import prices


(B) A rise in import prices relative to export prices
(C) A fall in the quantity of goods imported relative to goods exported
(D) A fall in the quantity of goods exported relative to goods imported

12 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Money GDP CPI


($bn)
1 600.0 100
2 750.0 110
3 820.0 125
4 900.0 130

According to the information in the table, what is the real GDP ($bn) in Year 3 compared
to the base year?

(A) $656.0
(B) $721.6
(C) $931.8
(D) $1025.0

13 Under a floating exchange rate system, what would be the likely effect of a fall in
Australia’s inflation rate relative to the average rate of inflation of Australia’s major
trading partners?

(A) A rise in Australia’s interest rates


(B) A decrease in the supply of foreign currency
(C) A deterioration in the balance on current account
(D) An increase in the demand for the Australian dollar

14 Which of the following methods could be used by the Federal Government to finance a
budget deficit?

(A) Borrowing funds from the Reserve Bank of Australia


(B) Purchasing second-hand government securities from overseas markets
(C) Increasing the level of government taxation and reducing government spending
(D) Buying Commonwealth government securities from the domestic financial market

2006 –6–
15 Other things being equal, what would be the impact of an increase in net capital inflow
on the Australian currency?

(A) There would be an increase in the demand for the Australian dollar and an
appreciation of the currency.
(B) There would be a decrease in the demand for the Australian dollar and a
depreciation of the currency.
(C) There would be an increase in the supply of the Australian dollar and an
appreciation of the currency.
(D) There would be a decrease in the supply of the Australian dollar and a depreciation
of the currency.

16 Which of the following is a reason for market failure in environmental management?

(A) Environmental resources are renewable and therefore difficult to cost.


(B) The price mechanism does not always take into account social costs and benefits of
production.
(C) The market can only take into account public goods and services and not private
goods and services.
(D) Well-defined property rights do not protect individual owners of environmental
resources.

17 The diagram shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for a nation.

AD
AS

AS1
Price
level

AS
AS1 AD
0 Real GDP

What could cause a shift of the aggregate supply curve from AS to AS1?

(A) A decrease in the cost of labour


(B) A decrease in domestic subsidies
(C) An increase in the level of domestic interest rates
(D) An increase in rates of excise duties on production

2006 –7–
18 What would decrease as a result of an improvement in the international business cycle?

(A) Cyclical unemployment


(B) Foreign investment
(C) Global inflation
(D) Export receipts

19 Which of the following would be recorded as a debit item in the Capital and Financial
account of Australia’s Balance of Payments?

(A) Interest repaid by Australian firms on overseas loans


(B) Foreign aid from the Australian government for road building in Bali
(C) Dividends received by Australian shareholders for overseas investments
(D) Taxation revenue collected by the Australian government from foreign-based firms

20 The graph shows the movement of the Gini coefficient for a hypothetical economy.

0.305

0.300
Gini
coefficient
0.295

0.290

0
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
Year

Which of the following government actions could be responsible for the trend shown
since 2003?

(A) A greater use of indirect taxes


(B) An increase in welfare payments
(C) A reduction in minimum award wages
(D) A reduction in the marginal tax rate for high income earners

2006 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2006 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The following information concerns employment issues in Australia.

Employment growth in Australia was very strong through 2004–05 due to an


increasingly efficient labour market and a more flexible wage system. This
led to a steady fall in the unemployment rate to the lowest level in 28 years
in 2005. More people are being encouraged to participate in the workforce.
If more people are able to find work then this will lead to higher incomes and
better participation in mainstream economic life.

Employment growth, however, is forecast to slow through 2006–07 in


response to slower GDP growth through late 2005.

Adapted from the Australian Government Budget Papers 2005–06


Copyright Commonwealth of Australia, reproduced by permission

(a) According to the Budget Papers, what is ONE reason for Australia’s 1
unemployment rate in 2004–05?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Distinguish between cyclical and hidden unemployment. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2006 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Identify ONE cause of an increase in the labour force participation rate, and 3
briefly explain TWO economic effects of this increase.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

2006 – 10 –
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(d) Account for the higher than average rates of unemployment experienced by 4
TWO groups in the Australian economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2006 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2006 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2006 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The table shows information relating to the annual budget for a hypothetical economy.

Year 2005 % change on


($ millions) previous year
Expenditure (actual)
Social security/welfare 62,000 –18.0%
Health 25,000 +3.0%
Essential infrastructure 10,000 +1.4%
Revenue (actual)
Income taxes 95,000 +9.8%
Company taxes 20,000 +15.0%

(a) Calculate the budget surplus for this economy. 1

........................................................................................................... ($ millions)

(b) Quoting evidence from the table, outline TWO factors that have influenced this 2
budget outcome.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 14

147
2006 – 13 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Outline how a government can use fiscal policy to alter the level of income 2
distribution.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain how fiscal policy could be used by a government to reduce a deficit on 5
the current account.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2006 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2006 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

(a) Distinguish between a factor market and a product market. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Using ONE example from the Australian economy, briefly explain how a market 3
or industry has been deregulated.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 16

148
2006 – 15 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Identify TWO microeconomic reforms, and discuss the impact of each reform 5
on productivity and international competitiveness in the Australian economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2006 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2006 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

The table shows selected data for an economy that uses a floating exchange rate
system.

Balance of payments items $ billion

Exports 110
Imports 130
Net services 15
Net incomes –25
Capital account 4
Financial account 26

(a) Calculate the balance on current account for this economy. 1


.............................................................................................................. ($ billion)

(b) Quoting evidence from the table, outline TWO factors influencing the balance 2
on current account.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 18

149
2006 – 17 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Briefly explain the relationship between the current account and the capital and 3
financial account under a floating exchange rate system.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain how a rise in domestic interest rates for an economy could affect TWO 4
components of its Balance of Payments.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
End of Question 24

2006 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2006 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)


Analyse the impact of reduced levels of protection on the global economy.

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has estimated that world income would
increase by at least US$250bn if agricultural protection were abolished, with both rich
and poor countries benefiting from increased trade.
Some groups in developing and developed countries, however, are opposed to reduced
levels of protection, for example, food importers fear higher prices if agricultural export
subsidies are removed.

Awaiting Copyright Clearance

Source: Adapted from World Trade Organisation,


Outlook 2006

OR

150
2006 – 19 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the impacts of macroeconomic and microeconomic policies on the economic


performance of the Australian economy.

The Australian government has at its disposal a combination of macro and micro
policies that it can implement to achieve its economic objectives, which includes price
stability, full employment and the promotion of economic prosperity. Monetary policy
primarily aims to achieve price stability, while the government’s current fiscal policy
of maintaining surpluses aims to promote external stability.

Selected Annual Economic Data for the Australian Economy

Key economic indicators 2004 2005 2006 est


Real GDP growth rate (%) 3.0 2.6 3.2
Consumer price index 2.3 2.7 3.1
Unemployment rate (%) 5.6 5.1 5.0
Household saving rate (% GDP) –3.0 –2.2 –1.3
Budget balance (% GDP) 1.0 1.0 0.9
Current account balance (% GDP) –6.4 –5.8 –5.2
Foreign debt (% GDP) 51.1 48.3 52.1
RBA cash rate (%) 5.25 5.25 5.5

Source: Adapted from Economic Outlook 2005–2006, OECD

2006 – 20 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Outline the causes of an increase in demand for the Australian dollar, and discuss the impacts
on the Australian economy of a sustained appreciation of the Australian currency.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Outline the arguments for ecologically sustainable development, and discuss the likely impacts
of an increase in the rate of Australia’s economic growth on the environment.

End of paper

2006 – 21 –
BLANK PAGE

2006 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2006
2005
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–18
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 19–20
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 13, 15 and 17 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 21
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2005
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.
correct

A B C D

2005 –2–
1 A developing economy is experiencing a short-term collapse in the value of its currency.

From which of the following institutions is it most likely to receive assistance?

(A) The World Bank


(B) The World Trade Organisation
(C) The International Monetary Fund
(D) The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

2 Increases in which of the following indicate economic development?

(A) Structural change and real incomes


(B) Consumer Price Index and the value of the currency
(C) Gross Domestic Product and the level of employment
(D) Labour force participation rate and the level of employment

3 Which of the following describes an effect of globalisation?

(A) There has been a greater divergence in world economic systems.


(B) There has been an increase in the inequality of income distribution in developing
economies.
(C) There has been an increasing trend towards regulation of labour, financial and
product markets.
(D) The newly industrialised economies of the world have enjoyed economic growth,
but no increase in international trade.

4 Which of the following represents a fiscal policy decision to restrict economic growth?

(A) The raising of interest rates to slow down inflation


(B) Actions by the Reserve Bank to support Australia’s currency
(C) The operation of automatic built-in stabilisers during a recession
(D) A decrease in government spending on infrastructure development

2005 –3–
5 Which of the following could be a cause of demand inflation?

(A) An increase in the cost of labour


(B) An increase in domestic interest rates
(C) An increase in the level of consumer spending
(D) An increase in import prices, resulting from a depreciating dollar

6 A multinational car manufacturer is forced by the government to install anti-pollution


devices.

Which of the following outcomes is a result of this action?

(A) An increase in private costs and a reduction in negative externalities


(B) An increase in private costs and an increase in negative externalities
(C) An increase in social costs and a reduction in negative externalities
(D) An increase in social costs and an increase in negative externalities

7 The diagram illustrates a typical business cycle for an economy.


Real GDP

A
B

0 Time

Which of the following describes the effect on the Federal Government’s budget as the
economy moves from A to B?

(A) An increase in tax revenue and an increase in transfer payments


(B) An increase in tax revenue and a decrease in transfer payments
(C) A decrease in tax revenue and an increase in transfer payments
(D) A decrease in tax revenue and a decrease in transfer payments

2005 –4–
8 Which of the following is an example of a reform in a factor market?

(A) Introduction of a quota on imported items


(B) Expansion of government welfare programs
(C) Removal of minimum wage levels for specific industries
(D) Implementation of quality control testing for finished goods

9 Which of the following is a feature of a safety net in wage determination?

(A) It is a part of all enterprise agreements.


(B) It is included in certified agreements as negotiated by unions.
(C) It protects employers against wage increases which exceed productivity.
(D) It reduces the inequality of wages and income between skilled and unskilled
workers.

10 Which of the following is the likely effect on Australia of a recession in the economies
of all Australia’s major trading partners?

(A) A reduction in Australia’s imports and a decrease in the current account deficit
(B) A reduction in Australia’s exports and an increase in the current account deficit
(C) A reduction in foreign investment into Australia and a decrease in the financial
account surplus
(D) An increase in foreign investment into Australia and a decrease in the financial
account surplus

11 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Change in Government Government Unemployment


real gross budget budget rate
domestic product revenue expenditure
($bn) ($bn)
1 2.1% 400 320 6.2%
2 3.5% 740 500 5.1%

From Year 1 to Year 2, which of the following statements is correct for this economy?

(A) The budget surplus is increasing and the economy is expanding.


(B) The budget surplus is increasing and the economy is contracting.
(C) The budget deficit is increasing and the economy is expanding.
(D) The budget deficit is increasing and the economy is contracting.

2005 –5–
12 The table shows selected data for an economy over a one-year period.

Initial change Marginal Marginal Change in


in investment propensity propensity equilibrium
expenditure to consume to save national income
($m) (MPC) (MPS) ($m)

400 ? ? 2000

According to the information in the table, what are the values of MPC and MPS?

(A) MPC is 5.0 and MPS is 5.0


(B) MPC is 0.5 and MPS is 0.5
(C) MPC is 8.0 and MPS is 2.0
(D) MPC is 0.8 and MPS is 0.2

13 Which of the following is recorded as a debit item in the current account of the Australian
Balance of Payments?

(A) Australian financial aid to developing countries


(B) The purchase by Australians of equities in an overseas company
(C) Dividend payments from an overseas company to Australian shareholders
(D) The purchase of equities in an Australian company by an overseas company

14 Which of the following measures the terms of trade for an economy?

(A) The ratio of export income to import expenditure


(B) The prices of exports compared to the prices of imports
(C) The difference between export income and import expenditure
(D) The volume of imported goods compared to the volume of exported goods

15 Which of the following is the likely effect of a fall in the level of Australia’s interest rates
relative to overseas interest rates?

(A) Increased capital outflow and downward pressure on the value of the $A
(B) Increased capital outflow and upward pressure on the value of the $A
(C) Increased capital inflow and downward pressure on the value of the $A
(D) Increased capital inflow and upward pressure on the value of the $A

2005 –6–
16 Which of the following factors best illustrates the difference between monetary policy
and fiscal policy?

(A) Monetary policy is quicker to implement than fiscal policy, and is more effective in
stimulating the economy than in slowing it down.
(B) Monetary policy is quicker to implement than fiscal policy, and is more effective in
slowing down the economy than in stimulating it.
(C) Monetary policy is slower to implement than fiscal policy, and has a longer time
lag than fiscal policy in bringing about changes.
(D) Monetary policy is slower to implement than fiscal policy, and has a shorter time
lag than fiscal policy in bringing about changes.

17 Which of the following actions could the Reserve Bank undertake to reduce economic
activity in the Australian economy?

(A) Buy government securities to decrease interest rates and appreciate the $A
(B) Buy government securities to increase interest rates and appreciate the $A
(C) Sell government securities to increase interest rates and appreciate the $A
(D) Sell government securities to increase interest rates and depreciate the $A

18 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Balance of $ billion
Payments items ($bn)
Exports 300
Imports 340
Net services –60
Net income –100
Net current transfers 80

According to the information in the table, which of the following statements is correct?

(A) There is a deficit of $280bn on the capital and financial account.


(B) There is a deficit of $200bn on the current account.
(C) There is a surplus of $40bn on merchandise trade.
(D) There is a surplus of $120bn on the capital and financial account.

2005 –7–
19 Which of the following is a feature of the natural rate of unemployment?

(A) It varies inversely with the inflation rate.


(B) It increases during times of economic downturn.
(C) It occurs when the rate of cyclical unemployment is zero.
(D) It is the total of frictional and seasonal unemployment rates.

20 The table shows population and labour force data for an economy for the month of June.

Population Population of Employed Unemployed


working age persons persons
(million) (million) (million) (million)

30 15 9 3

Which of the following statements is true for this economy in June?

(A) The participation rate is 50% and the unemployment rate is 20%.
(B) The participation rate is 60% and the unemployment rate is 25%.
(C) The participation rate is 60% and the unemployment rate is 20%.
(D) The participation rate is 80% and the unemployment rate is 25%.

2005 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2005 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The diagram illustrates the effect of a tariff on the product of a particular industry. The
curve SS is the supply from domestic producers, and the curve DD is the demand from
domestic consumers.

Price
$A D
S

20

15
Tariff
10
D
World price S

20 30 40 50 60 Quantity

(a) What is the domestic market price for this product after the imposition of this 1
tariff?

$ .............................................................................................................................

(b) Calculate the amount of government revenue raised from this tariff. 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2005 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Outline THREE methods of protection, other than tariffs, for domestic 3
producers.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 11

2005 – 10 –
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(d) Explain the economic effects of a reduction in the general level of protection for 5
the Australian economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2005 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2005 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2005 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The table shows selected data for Australia’s labour market.

Year Percentage of employees covered by awards


1990 80%
1995 78%
2000 23%
2005 20%

Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics


Data on Australia’s labour market, Australia’s trade and Australia’s rate of inflation. “ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics”

(a) Define what is meant by the term award in Australia’s industrial relations 2
framework.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Identify and account for the trend in the table of the changing percentage of 2
Australia’s employees covered by awards.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 14

147
2005
– 13 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Outline TWO features of Australian Workplace Agreements. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Discuss arguments for and against the move to a more decentralised system of 4
wage determination in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2005 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2005 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

The table shows selected data for Australia’s exchange rate.

Awaiting Copyright Clearance

(a) What economic term describes the movement of the $A relative to the $US over 1
the period Year 1 to Year 3?
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline the effect on the prices of Australia’s exports and imports of the change 2
in the value of the $A from Year 1 to Year 3.

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Define the term Trade Weighted Index. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 16

148
2005
– 15 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Explain how Reserve Bank operations in the foreign exchange market and the 5
domestic money market can influence the value of the $A.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2005 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2005 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) What does the Gini coefficient measure? 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) What does a movement in the Gini coefficient from 0.60 to 0.50 indicate for 1
income distribution?

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Distinguish between the terms income and wealth. 2


...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 18

149
2005 – 17 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(d) Describe a possible social consequence of an increase in the inequality of 2


income distribution for an economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(e) Explain how differences in gender and occupation can contribute to income 4
inequality in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2005 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2005 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Examine the reasons for changes in the composition and direction of Australia’s trade, and
explain the impact of these changes on structural change in Australia.

Selected data on Australia’s trade

1991/92 2003/04
Share of Share of Share of Share of
total total total total
exports imports exports imports
(%) (%) (%) (%)
ASEAN 13 8 11 16
CHINA 3 4 9 12
JAPAN 26 18 18 12
USA 9 23 9 15
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics
Data on Australia’s labour market, Australia’s trade and Australia’s rate of inflation. “ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics”

The process of internationalisation or ‘globalisation’ involves a thorough


transformation of the Australian economy from being inward looking
and protectionist, to being externally oriented in both trade and
investment.

Source: JOHN HOWE, Reserve Bank of Australia Conference on


Internationalisation, Trade and Foreign Direct Investment
Reproduced with the permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

OR

150
2005
– 19 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Examine the economic policies available to deal with inflation in the Australian economy, and
explain the limitations of these policies.

The use of higher interest rates to restrict aggregate demand is only one method
of reducing inflation. Anti-inflationary macroeconomic policies also tend to be
blunt instruments which can have undesirable side-effects. These policies are
often hindered by timing and political considerations. Depending on the source
of inflationary pressures, microeconomic policy may be more effective and less
costly than other macroeconomic policies.

Australia’s rate of inflation

Increase in the
Year Consumer Price Index
(%)

1999–2000 3.2

2000–2001 6.0

2001–2002 2.9

2002–2003 3.1

2003–2004 2.4
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics
Data on Australia’s labour market, Australia’s trade and Australia’s rate of inflation. “ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics”

2005
– 20 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Outline the factors affecting Australia’s economic growth, and analyse the relationship between
economic growth and changes in Australia’s unemployment rate.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Outline the features of globalisation, and analyse the impact of globalisation on the standard of
living in the global economy.

End of paper

2005 – 21 –
BLANK PAGE

2005 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2005
2004
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics
Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–9


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 13–22
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 23–24
Student Number at the top of
pages 13, 17, 19 and 21 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 25
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2004
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.
correct

A B C D

2004 –2–
1 What is the role of the International Monetary Fund (IMF)?

(A) To implement and advance global trade agreements


(B) To settle industrial and trade disputes between members
(C) To help poorer countries with their economic development
(D) To maintain international financial stability in global financial markets

2 An increase in investment expenditure of $100m changes the equilibrium level of


national income by $250m. What is the size of the Marginal Propensity to Consume?

(A) 0.4
(B) 0.6
(C) 1.25
(D) 2.50

3 Which of the following is a disadvantage of a decentralised wage determination system?

(A) An increase in income inequality


(B) A reduction in the rate of structural change
(C) A reduction in the accumulation of wealth
(D) An increase in government control over wages

4 The table shows selected data for a nation.

Year Export price index Import price index


1 100 105
2 107 115
3 116 118
4 120 124

In which year were fewer exports required to pay for the same volume of imports?

(A) Year 1
(B) Year 2
(C) Year 3
(D) Year 4

2004 –3–
5 The table shows selected data for an economy.

Year Money gross Consumer price Unemployment


domestic product (GDP) index (CPI) rate
($m) (%)
1 4000 100 6
2 4200 105 10

From Year 1 to Year 2, which statement is correct concerning this economy?

(A) Real economic growth is zero and there is a need for expansionary policy.
(B) Real economic growth is low and there is a need for expansionary policy.
(C) Real economic growth is high and there is a need for contractionary policy.
(D) Real economic growth is negative and there is a need for expansionary policy.

6 How does the impact of a tariff differ from that of an import quota?

(A) A tariff disadvantages consumers, while a quota does not.


(B) A tariff generates tax revenue to the government, while a quota does not.
(C) A tariff encourages increased domestic production, while a quota does not.
(D) A tariff affects the domestic price of a commodity, while a quota does not.

7 Which of the following is likely to cause a fall in the level of hidden unemployment?

(A) A rise in the rate of unemployment


(B) A rise in the labour force participation rate
(C) A rise in the number of discouraged workers
(D) A rise in the number of long-term unemployed

2004 –4–
8 The diagram shows the movement of the Lorenz curve for a nation over time.

100

Cumulative % of
total income
B A

0 100
Cumulative % of income units

Which of the following could explain the movement of the Lorenz curve from A to B?

(A) A rise in the Gini coefficient


(B) The removal of a tax on wealth
(C) An increase in indirect taxes on necessities
(D) An increase in transfer payments for low income earners

9 Which of the following is a feature of Australia’s decentralised wage system?

(A) The automatic adjustment of wages in line with inflation


(B) The involvement of unions in all Workplace Agreements
(C) The removal of safety net clauses from Certified Agreements
(D) The registration of Australian Workplace Agreements with the Employment Advocate

2004 –5–
10 The diagram shows a relationship between inflation and unemployment for an economy.

Inflation
%

0 Unemployment
%

Which of the following policies would move the economy from A to B?

(A) Reduce interest rates and increase income tax rates.


(B) Reduce interest rates and decrease income tax rates.
(C) Increase interest rates and decrease income tax rates.
(D) Increase interest rates and increase income tax rates.

11 What would be the effect on the Australian economy of recessions in Australia’s major
trading partners?

(A) Higher employment growth and lower export volumes


(B) Higher employment growth and higher export volumes
(C) Lower employment growth and lower export volumes
(D) Lower employment growth and higher export volumes

12 Other things being equal, what will be the impact on the Australian economy of a
decrease in domestic interest rates?

(A) Economic activity should increase and the exchange rate should appreciate.
(B) Economic activity should increase and the exchange rate should depreciate.
(C) Economic activity should decrease and the exchange rate should appreciate.
(D) Economic activity should decrease and the exchange rate should depreciate.

2004 –6–
13 The table shows selected data for an economy.

National income ($ million)


components
Savings 50
Investment 30
Taxation 40
Exports 50
Government spending 20
Imports 30

Using the information in the table, which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) There is a budget deficit.


(B) The economy is in equilibrium.
(C) There is a current account deficit.
(D) Withdrawals are greater than injections.

14 Other things being equal, what will be the impact on the Australian economy of an
appreciation of the Australian dollar against other currencies?

(A) Export prices will rise, import prices will fall and the terms of trade will improve.
(B) Export prices will rise, import prices will fall and the terms of trade will deteriorate.
(C) Export prices will fall, import prices will rise and the terms of trade will improve.
(D) Export prices will fall, import prices will rise and the terms of trade will deteriorate.

15 The table shows selected data for an economy which operates with a floating exchange rate.

Item ($ billion)
Balance on goods and services 16
Net transfers 2
Net income ?
Capital account 17
Financial account 13

What is the value of Net income for this economy?

(A) –$48 billion


(B) –$30 billion
(C) $12 billion
(D) $30 billion

2004 –7–
16 The following diagram shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for an
economy.

Price AS
AD1
level AD2

AD1
AD2
AS
0
Real GDP

Which of the following could cause a shift of the aggregate demand curve
from AD1 to AD2?

(A) A decrease in the rate of income tax


(B) A decrease in the general level of prices
(C) An increase in the real level of national income
(D) An increase in the general level of interest rates

17 The table shows international investment transactions for an economy.

Year Equity investment Foreign


abroad liabilities
($ billion) ($ billion)
1 90 150
2 250 300

From Year 1 to Year 2, which statement is correct for this economy?

(A) The economy’s net foreign debt is increasing.


(B) Equity investment as a proportion of foreign liabilities is increasing.
(C) Foreign liabilities are increasing at a greater rate than equity investment.
(D) The increase in equity investment will worsen the economy’s foreign debt.

2004 –8–
18 If a government budgets for a surplus and there is an unexpected increase in the level of
economic activity, which of the following is likely to occur?

(A) There will be an increase in tax revenues and an increase in the budget surplus.
(B) There will be an increase in tax revenues and a decrease in the budget surplus.
(C) There will be a decrease in tax revenues and an increase in the budget surplus.
(D) There will be a decrease in tax revenues and a decrease in the budget surplus.

19
Price of $A S1
D1
in terms of $US S2
D2

0.75

0.70

D1
S1
D2
S2
0
Quantity of $A

Assuming a floating exchange rate, which of the following actions by the Reserve Bank
of Australia have caused the exchange rate to move from $US0.75 to $US0.70?

(A) Buy Australian dollars and raise Australian interest rates.


(B) Buy Australian dollars and lower Australian interest rates.
(C) Buy United States dollars and lower Australian interest rates.
(D) Sell United States dollars and raise Australian interest rates.

20 In which account in Australia’s Balance of Payments would Direct and Portfolio


investment transactions be recorded?

(A) The Capital account


(B) The Current account
(C) The Financial account
(D) The Net incomes account

2004 –9–
BLANK PAGE

2004 – 10 –
BLANK PAGE

2004 – 11 –
BLANK PAGE

2004 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2004 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Question 21 (10 marks)

Please turn over

146
2004 – 13 –
Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The diagram shows the world market for a commodity after the introduction of a
subsidy by a country which is a major world producer.

World D S1 S2
price

P1

P2

S1
S2 D

0 Q1 Q2 World
quantity

(a) Explain why the supply curve shifts from S1 to S2 after the subsidy has been 2
introduced.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 15

2004 – 14 –
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(b) With reference to the diagram, analyse the impact of the subsidy on producers 4
in countries where the subsidy has not been introduced.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain TWO benefits associated with a reduction in global protectionist policies. 4
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2004 – 15 –
BLANK PAGE

2004 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2004 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The table gives selected data for an economy.

Year Working-age Employed Unemployed Consumer


population persons persons price
index
1 320 000 190 000 10 000 100
2 376 000 198 000 22 000 102
3 410 000 195 500 34 500 103

(a) Identify the trend in the unemployment rate in this economy over the three-year 1
period.

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline TWO possible causes of the fall in the participation rate for this 2
economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 18

147
2004 – 17 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) For this economy, briefly explain the relationship between the unemployment 3
rate and the inflation rate.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Using the information in the table, explain how TWO government 4
macroeconomic policies could be used to reduce unemployment in this
economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2004 – 18 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2004 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)
The following information concerns environmental issues.

Until recently, rapid industrialisation was such a high priority in almost every
Asian country that the resulting environmental damage was regarded as a
minor inconvenience. However, governments are finally seeing that massive
pollution and deforestation hurt their economies and discourage foreign
investment in the long run. The Kyoto Protocol, which gives incentives to all
countries to cut their greenhouse gas emissions, looks set to give a big push
to Asian clean-up efforts.

Adapted from The Australian Financial Review Fairfax, 24 October 2003

(a) Define the term renewable resource. 2


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Distinguish between the private and social costs associated with the logging of 3
rainforests.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
Question 23 continues on page 20

148
2004 – 19 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Discuss a possible conflict between the goals of economic growth and the 5
preservation of the natural environment.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2004 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2004 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

The following information refers to productivity.

Australia . . . has experienced acceleration in its productivity growth over the


past decade or so. . . . structural reforms [have driven] new work practices
and encouraged the rapid uptake of productivity-enhancing information and
communications technologies. . . . to sustain strong productivity growth,
(Australia) will require an environment in which individual firms continue to
strive for better products and better ways of doing things and where resources
move quickly to exploit good new ideas. Strong competitive pressures are
central to this, by providing the incentive for new ideas to be developed, as
well as effectively sorting the good from the bad.
Growth Drivers: The Medium to Longer-Term Challenges to Maintain Growth Performance addressed to
the Country Forum CFO Forum by Dr Martin Parkinson on the 6th of February 2004 Melbourne, 
‘© Commonwealth of Australia reproduced with permission.’

(a) Outline TWO economic effects of implementing microeconomic policies. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 22

149
2004
– 21 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)
(b) Describe TWO problems associated with structural change in the Australian 3
economy.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain how deregulation may promote productivity growth in the Australian 5
economy.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
End of Question 24
2004 – 22 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2004 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)


Analyse the effects of changes in the exchange rate of the Australian dollar (against other
currencies) on the Australian economy.
Daily Exchange Rate
0.80
0.75
0.70

Price of A$ 0.65
in terms of US$ 0.60

0.55
0.50
0.45
02 Jan 01 02 Jan 02 02 Jan 03 02 Jan 04
Source: Reserve Bank of Australia, 2004

The main source of risk to the export outlook apparent in the recent period has been
associated with the appreciation of the exchange rate, and particularly the rapid
appreciation that took place during 2003 and into the early weeks of this year. Had it
continued, this posed the risk of significantly dampening the effects of the global
recovery on Australia’s export performance. But, with the exchange rate having drifted
lower recently and the prospect of US interest rates starting to return to normal, this
risk now seems less severe than a few months ago.
[The Reserve Bank Board], following the two increases in the cash rate at the end of
2003 . . . considered at its subsequent monthly meetings whether there was a case to
increase rates further . . .
Adapted from Statement on Monetary Policy,
© Reserve Bank of Australia, May 2004
OR

150
2004 – 23 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Analyse the causes of Australia’s on-going current account deficit and its effects on external
stability.

Balance of Payments per cent of GDP


%

22
Imports
20

18
Exports
16

%
Balance on goods and services
0

–2

–4

–6

Current account
1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003
Source: Reserve Bank of Australia, 2004

If Australia is to reduce both its current account deficit and its net
foreign debt then progress needs to be made simultaneously on
two fronts. First, exports have to grow faster than imports.
Second, there needs to be a corresponding increase in savings so
that more of our investment is financed from domestic savings
rather than by borrowing from overseas. Without an increase in
savings, any income gain from a rise in exports will be lost to an
increase in expenditure on imports.

Excerpt from Research Note 40,


from Parliamentary Library
Merchandise Trade and Balance on goods and services, current account,
ABS data used with permission from the Australian Bureau of Statistics

2004 – 24 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Discuss the effectiveness of Australia’s monetary and fiscal policies in dealing with economic
growth and inflation.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Discuss the impact of globalisation on one or more economies, with reference to economic
development and environmental consequences.

End of paper

2004 – 25 –
BLANK PAGE

2004 – 26 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2004
2003
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics

Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–16
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 17–18
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 19
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2003
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.
correct

A B C D

2003 –2–
1 Which of the following would increase Australia’s international competitiveness?

(A) An increase in Australian tariffs


(B) An increase in Australian wage rates
(C) A decrease in inflation in Australia
(D) A decrease in imports to Australia

2 Which of the following is a likely effect of a subsidy?

(A) The price of exported items will rise.


(B) Resource allocation will be more efficient.
(C) The supply from local producers will increase.
(D) Inflation will increase due to more expensive imports.

3 Which of the following is a feature of Australian workplace agreements?

(A) They apply to all workers within an industry.


(B) They are organised by unions who automatically become part of the agreement.
(C) They are individually negotiated and administered by the Employment Advocate.
(D) They require that a majority of the employees agree to the terms and conditions.

4 Which of the following could be a consequence of an increase in real Gross Domestic


Product?

(A) An increase in consumption and an increase in taxation revenue


(B) A decrease in consumption and a decrease in taxation revenue
(C) An increase in consumption and a decrease in taxation revenue
(D) A decrease in consumption and an increase in taxation revenue

5 If the present rate of unemployment equals the natural rate of unemployment, which of
the following must equal zero?

(A) Seasonal unemployment


(B) Structural unemployment
(C) Frictional unemployment
(D) Cyclical unemployment

2003 –3–
6 The diagram illustrates a typical business cycle for an economy.

Real
GDP
B

A
0 Time

Which of the following is likely to occur as the economy moves from A to B?

(A) Lower volume of imports and lower volume of exports


(B) Lower rates of unemployment and higher consumption levels
(C) Lower rates of economic growth and lower government revenue
(D) Lower government revenue and higher rates of unemployment

7 Which of the following is regarded as a measure of a nation’s external stability?

(A) Net income as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product


(B) Net foreign debt as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product
(C) Net services as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product
(D) Net transfers as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product

8 What is the equilibrium level of income if C = 100 + 0.8Y and I = 40?

(A) 100
(B) 140
(C) 500
(D) 700

2003 –4–
9 The diagram shows aggregate demand for a closed economy.

Expenditure ($) Y

C+I
J
K C

45°
0 Ye Income ($)

What is the level of aggregate demand at the equilibrium level of income?

(A) 0L
(B) LK
(C) 0K
(D) 0J

10 What is one way a government can finance a budget deficit?

(A) Borrowing from the public


(B) Reducing its annual spending
(C) Reducing the level of imports
(D) Increasing income tax rates

11 Other things being equal, which action by the Reserve Bank of Australia could cause a
depreciation of the Australian dollar against other currencies?

(A) Selling Australian dollars in foreign exchange markets


(B) Selling foreign currency in foreign exchange markets
(C) Influencing domestic money markets to raise interest rates
(D) Influencing domestic financial markets to lower securities prices

2003 –5–
12 The table shows Consumer Price Index information for a nation.

Year Consumer Price Index


1 100.0
2 104.0
3 106.6

What is the inflation rate for Year 3?

(A) 2.5%
(B) 2.6%
(C) 4.0%
(D) 6.6%

13 Which of the following explains why the market system fails to produce public goods?

(A) Consumers prefer to buy private goods rather than public goods.
(B) Consumers can benefit from public goods without having to pay for them.
(C) Low income earners are disadvantaged because they cannot afford public goods.
(D) Government business enterprises produce public goods cheaper than private industry.

14 The table shows the marginal propensity to consume for an economy.

Year Marginal propensity


to consume (MPC)
1 0.2
2 0.3
3 0.6

What does the table indicate about the size of the simple multiplier for this economy?

(A) It was highest in Year 1.


(B) It was lowest in Year 3.
(C) It increased between Years 1 and 3.
(D) It doubled between Years 2 and 3.

2003 –6–
15 The table shows selected economic data for a nation.

Year Export price index Import price index


1 100 110
2 110 112

What does the table indicate about this economy?

(A) Import volumes exceeded export volumes in both years.


(B) The terms of trade worsened between Year 1 and Year 2.
(C) The balance of trade improved marginally between Year 1 and Year 2.
(D) Fewer exports were required to pay for the same volume of imports in Year 2.

16 Which of the following would indicate that Australia’s capital and financial account is in
surplus?

(A) An increase in Australia’s Current Account Deficit


(B) A reduction in Australia’s foreign debt as a percentage of GDP
(C) When income from Australian exports is greater than expenditure on imports
(D) When Australia’s lending to overseas exceeds Australia’s borrowing from overseas

17 The table shows population and employment data for a nation.

Year Population Working age Employed Officially


population persons unemployed
(million) (million) (million) (million)
1 20 10 6 2
2 25 13 9 3

Which of the following is correct concerning this nation between Years 1 and 2?

(A) The participation rate decreased.


(B) The participation rate increased.
(C) The unemployment rate decreased.
(D) The unemployment rate increased.

2003 –7–
18 The diagram illustrates the effect of a tariff.

Price
D
S

Pe

Pt
Tariff
Pw
D
World S
price

0 Q1 Q2 Q Q3 Q4 Quantity

Which of the following represents the effect of this tariff on the economy?

(A) The domestic price would increase to the equilibrium price (0Pe ).
(B) Domestic production would increase from 0Q1 to 0Q2.
(C) Import volumes would increase from 0Q2 to 0Q3.
(D) Government revenue would be equal to the world price (0Pw ).

19 What is an advantage of free trade?

(A) Nations are free to take measures to protect all domestic industries.
(B) Nations attempt to become self-sufficient to satisfy domestic wants.
(C) Nations are able to specialise and as a result produce more output.
(D) Nations can prevent cheap imports being dumped on domestic markets.

20 Which of the following describes a role of the World Trade Organisation (WTO)?

(A) It promotes international financial stability.


(B) It regulates investment in public infrastructure.
(C) It advocates protectionist policies for developing countries.
(D) It monitors developments in world trade and reviews barriers to world trade.

2003 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2003 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The table shows selected economic data for the Australian economy, which has a
floating exchange rate system.

Year Exchange rate of the Trade weighted index


$A (in terms of $US) (TWI)
1 0.60 70
2 0.65 72
3 0.68 70
4 0.64 65

(a) Define the term exchange rate. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Identify TWO possible reasons for the movement in the exchange rate of the $A 2
(in terms of $US) from Year 1 to Year 2.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2003 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Briefly explain why an exchange rate can move in the opposite direction to the 2
Trade Weighted Index.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain the likely impact on Australia’s Balance of Payments of the decline in 4
the Trade Weighted Index from Year 3 to Year 4.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2003 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2003 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The table shows selected data for a nation.

Year Money gross domestic Consumer price index


product (GDP) (CPI)
($m)
1 380 100
2 416 104

(a) Calculate the real GDP for this economy in Year 2. 1


............................................................................................................. ($ million)

(b) Define the term economic growth. 2


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain how an increase in productivity contributes to economic growth. 3


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

147
2003 – 11 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(d) Explain the benefits of economic growth to business firms and the government. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2003 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2003 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

The table shows the Balance of Payments for a nation. (Assume a floating exchange
rate.)

Current account Capital and financial account


($ billion) ($ billion)
Balance on goods and services – 1.2 Capital account 1.5
Net current transfers 0.5 Financial account ?
Net income –18.5

(a) Using the data in the table, calculate the balance on financial account. 1

...............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................. ($ billion)

(b) Outline TWO factors that could increase a nation’s Current Account Deficit. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

148
2003 – 13 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Explain the relationship between net income in the current account and the 3
capital and financial account.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain how a sustained increase in the Current Account Deficit could affect an 4
economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2003 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2003 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) Outline ONE advantage and ONE disadvantage of using monetary policy to 2
manage the economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Explain how the Reserve Bank influences changes in the level of interest rates in 4
the Australian economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 16

149
2003 – 15 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(c) The diagram shows the demand and supply of cash. 4

Cash S1 S2
rate
D

r1

r2

0 Quantity of cash

Explain the effects of a move in the cash rate from 0r1 to 0r2 on the level of
economic activity and the exchange rate. (Assume a floating exchange rate.)

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2003 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2003 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Please turn over

150
2003 – 17 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

In relation to the Australian economy, discuss the causes of unemployment and the economic
and social problems created by unemployment.

The Australian economy has continued to expand at a good pace in the recent
period, despite the continued drag from the weak world economy and the
drought. This outcome reflected continued strong growth in domestic
demand, though the pace moderated somewhat in the second half of last year.
The ongoing expansion of the economy has been sufficient to generate a
further strengthening of the labour market, with the unemployment rate
declining significantly during 2002.
Adapted from Statement on Monetary Policy,
Reserve Bank of Australia, February 2003
Reproduced with the permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

Despite Australia’s relatively low rate of unemployment, the plight of the


long-term unemployed remains a serious economic and social concern.
Unsourced quote

OR

Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss the causes of inflation and the policies available to the Australian Government to
control the rate of inflation.

During the year to December 2002 Australia’s underlying inflation was


around 2.5 per cent, having declined from just over 3 per cent at the end of the
previous year. The main factor contributing to the decline in underlying
inflation appears to have been the fading of the impact of the exchange rate
depreciation that took place over the period 1998–2000. In addition to this
impact from the traded goods sector, there was some easing in wage costs.
Adapted from Statement on Monetary Policy,
Reserve Bank of Australia, February 2003

Reproduced with the permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

2003 – 18 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Explain the impact of globalisation on the economic performance of EITHER the Australian
economy OR an economy other than Australia.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Explain how current labour market policies contribute to the management of the Australian
economy.

End of paper

2003 – 19 –
BLANK PAGE

2003 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2003
2002
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics

Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
General Instructions
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–16
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 17–18
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 19
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section
145
2002
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.
correct

A B C D

2002 –2–
1 Which of the following defines Gross World Product?

(A) Increased integration between different countries and economies


(B) The total global output of goods and services by all economies
(C) The sum of the interactions between the economies of individual countries
(D) The final output of goods and services produced by developing economies

2 Which of the following is recognised as the bilateral trade agreement between Australia
and New Zealand?

(A) APEC
(B) ASEAN
(C) CERTA
(D) WTO

3 Which of the following best describes the difference between monetary policy and fiscal
policy?

(A) Monetary policy is quicker to implement but has a longer time lag than fiscal policy.
(B) Monetary policy is slower to implement but has a longer time lag than fiscal policy.
(C) Monetary policy is slower to implement but has a shorter time lag than fiscal policy.
(D) Monetary policy is quicker to implement but has a shorter time lag than fiscal policy.

4 Other things being equal, what would improve an economy’s terms of trade?

(A) An increase in export prices and a decrease in import prices


(B) A decrease in export prices and an increase in import prices
(C) An increase in the volume of exports and a decrease in the volume of imports
(D) A decrease in the volume of exports and an increase in the volume of imports

5 Which of the following could cause a decrease in hidden unemployment?

(A) An increase in the general level of unemployment


(B) An increase in the level of cyclical unemployment
(C) An increase in the number of discouraged workers
(D) An increase in the labour force participation rate

2002 –3–
6 The diagram shows the Lorenz curve for a nation.
100

Percentage of total income

e
rv
cu
nz
re
0 Lo
Percentage of income recipients
100

What is the value of the Gini coefficient shown by the Lorenz curve?

(A) −1
(B) 0
(C) 0.5
(D) 1

7 Which of the following is a feature of a fully decentralised wage determination system?

(A) Compulsory unionism


(B) Wage increases tied to inflation
(C) Increased role of industrial tribunals
(D) Negotiated workplace agreements

8 Government budget data for a nation

Year Government Expenses Government Revenue


($ billion) ($ billion)
1 80 95
2 90 100
3 95 115

Which of the following explains what happened between Years 2 and 3?

(A) The budget surplus increased.


(B) The budget surplus decreased.
(C) The budget deficit increased.
(D) The budget deficit decreased.

2002 –4–
9 What action could the Reserve Bank take in order to reduce the rate of inflation?

(A) Sell government securities to create a surplus of funds in the market.


(B) Sell government securities to create a shortage of funds in the market.
(C) Buy government securities to create a surplus of funds in the market.
(D) Buy government securities to create a shortage of funds in the market.

10 What is the likely impact of a decrease in the general level of tariffs in Australia?

(A) Greater advantages for Australian producers in Australian markets


(B) Reduced advantages for Australian producers in overseas markets
(C) Greater advantages for overseas producers in Australian markets
(D) Reduced advantages for overseas producers in overseas markets

11 The diagram shows the impact of microeconomic reforms on the Australian car industry.

Price D S
S1

P1

S D
S1
0
Quantity

Which of the following could explain the shift in the supply curve from S to S1?

(A) A decrease in the price of cars


(B) An increase in technical efficiency
(C) An increase in car industry regulation
(D) A decrease in the supply of cars

2002 –5–
12 Which of the following measures the value of the Australian dollar against the currencies
of Australia’s major trading partners?

(A) The terms of trade


(B) The current account deficit
(C) The balance of trade
(D) The trade weighted index

13 Selected data for a nation

Balance of Payments
($ billion)
Goods and Services ?
Net current transfers −10
Net income −2
Balance on Capital and
Financial Account 30

What is the balance on Goods and Services?

(A) −$12 billion


(B) −$18 billion
(C) −$30 billion
(D) −$42 billion

14 Which policy could reduce income inequalities in an economy?

(A) Introduction of a safety-net wage system


(B) Increase in indirect taxes on basic food items
(C) Removal of means tests for social security payments
(D) Award of a 10% pay rise to all wage earners

2002 –6–
15 Selected data for a nation

Year Consumer Price


Index
1 115
2 120
3 132
4 142

In which year was the annual inflation rate 10%?

(A) Year 1
(B) Year 2
(C) Year 3
(D) Year 4

16 When foreign tourists pay for hotel accommodation in Sydney, how is this recorded in
Australia’s balance of payments?

(A) As a debit on the Australian capital and financial account


(B) As a credit on the Australian capital and financial account
(C) As a debit on the Australian current account
(D) As a credit on the Australian current account

17 Which of the following could improve Australia’s international competitiveness?

(A) An increase in Australia’s inflation rate


(B) A rise in interest rates in Australia
(C) A depreciation of the Australian dollar
(D) An increase in average weekly earnings in Australia

2002 –7–
18 The diagram shows the market for imported shoes.

S S1
Price
D

D
0
Quantity

According to the diagram, what is the effect of a movement in the quota from S to S1?

(A) The quota increases and the domestic price falls.


(B) The quota decreases and the domestic price rises.
(C) The quota increases and the domestic price rises.
(D) The quota decreases and the domestic price falls.

19 If Y = 200, C = 50, I = 20, G = 40 and M = 30, what is the value of exports?

(A) 60
(B) 110
(C) 120
(D) 140

20 Which of the following could assist economic growth in developing countries?

(A) An increase in the rate of taxation


(B) A decrease in foreign investment
(C) A decrease in the terms of trade
(D) An increase in the level of education

2002 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2002 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The diagram shows information about the demand and supply of Australian dollars ($A)
in terms of United States dollars ($US). Both countries have flexible exchange rates.

Price of $A
in $US D1 D2 S

0.60

0.50

D1 D2
S
0 Quantity of $A

(a) State the economic term given to the movement of the exchange rate of the $A 1
from $US0.50 to $US0.60.

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline TWO causes of an increase in demand for $A. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2002 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Briefly explain how the Reserve Bank could intervene in the foreign exchange 3
market to influence the exchange rate of the $A.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Discuss TWO economic benefits to Australia of an appreciation of the $A. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2002 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2002 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The table shows labour force and population information for a nation.

Labour force data Number of persons


(million)
Employed persons 9
Unemployed persons 1
Population of working age 16
Total population 20

(a) Calculate the labour force unemployment rate for this nation. 1
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Calculate the labour force participation rate for this nation. 1
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

147
2002 – 11 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Explain ONE economic and ONE social cost created by unemployment. 4
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain how TWO economic policies could be used by the Australian 4
Government to reduce the level of unemployment.
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2002 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2002 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

The table gives selected data for a closed economy.

Year Income (Y) Consumption (C) Savings (S) Investment (I)


($m) ($m) ($m) ($m)
1 400 360 40 200
2 500 420 80 200
3 600 480 120 200

(a) Write the formula for the simple multiplier (k). 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Use the information in the table to calculate the value of the simple multiplier 1
for this economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Outline how the simple multiplier can affect economic activity. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

148
2002 – 13 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(d) Explain ONE benefit of economic growth to an economy. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(e) Explain the impact of economic growth on ecologically sustainable development. 4

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2002 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2002 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION
Economics
Centre Number
Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

The following information refers to inflation.

The Consumer Price Index (CPI) increased by 0.9 per cent in the December
quarter, after rising by 0.3% in the September quarter, to be 3.1% higher
over 2001. . . .
However, the outlook for the medium term determinants of inflation has not
changed substantially in the light of recent data. Wage and labour cost
growth remain contained and are likely to continue to be so given the
prevailing weakness in the labour market. The stability of the exchange rate
over the past year, combined with downward pressure on world prices from
the subdued global economy, suggests that there will be little inflationary
pressure from import prices in the medium term.
Adapted from Reserve Bank, Statement on Monetary Policy,
February 2002

Material used with permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia


(a) Define the term inflation. 2
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Outline TWO causes of inflation. 2


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 16

149
2002 – 15 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(c) Outline TWO negative effects of inflation on an economy. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain TWO government economic policies that could reduce the rate of 4
inflation in an economy.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2002 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2002 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Explain the role of microeconomic policies in assisting structural change in the Australian
economy.

There appears to be an overwhelming case for pressing on with microeconomic


reform and structural change. To abandon the process would not only deny us the
benefits promised by the increased efficiency but put our economy at serious risk of
falling continuously behind other economies in terms of economic development.

Australia clearly needs to restructure its industries so that it becomes more


competitive. Only then can we confidently expect to realise an increase in exports,
an increase in import substitution and a reduction in our current account deficit.

Adapted from Ecodate, May 2001,


Microeconomic Policy and Structural Change in the Australian Economy,
DR D ARCHBOLD

OR

150
2002 – 17 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
use your knowledge and the economic information provided
apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory
present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 26 (20 marks)

Explain how the Federal Government can use fiscal policy to promote economic growth,
redistribute income and assist external stability.

Growth in the Australian economy strengthened over the course of


2001 against a backdrop of weakening world economic
conditions. GDP increased at an annualised rate of 4 per cent over
the three quarters to September 2001.

The deterioration in the world economy has been reflected in a


switch in the composition of Australian growth from external to
domestic demand, with the external sector subtracting from
growth over the second half of 2001 after contributing
2 percentage points to growth over the preceding year.
Adapted from Reserve Bank, Statement on Monetary Policy,
February 2002

Material used with permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia

Commonwealth Government Budget


Operating Result
Amounts in $ million

1998–1999 1999–2000 2000–2001

+ 5630 + 9514 + 4743

Note: + surplus, deficit

Adapted from Reserve Bank Bulletin, January 2002

2002 – 18 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of changes in the global economy on Australia’s current account and net
foreign debt.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of protectionist policies on the domestic and global economies.

End of paper

2002 – 19 –
BLANK PAGE

2002 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2002
2001
H I G H E R S C H O O L C E R T I F I C AT E
E X A M I N AT I O N

Economics

Total marks – 100

Section I Pages 2–8


20 marks
• Attempt Questions 1–20
General Instructions • Allow about 35 minutes for this section
• Reading time – 5 minutes Section II Pages 9–16
• Working time – 3 hours
40 marks
• Write using black or blue pen
• Attempt Questions 21–24
• Board-approved calculators may
• Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section
be used
• Write your Centre Number and Section III Pages 17–19
Student Number at the top of
pages 9, 11, 13 and 15 20 marks
• Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Section IV Page 20
20 marks
• Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
• Allow about 35 minutes for this section

145
2001
Section I

20 marks
Attempt Questions 1–20
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Use the multiple-choice answer sheet.

Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response oval
completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in the
new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer, then
indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as follows.
correct

A B C D

The following items have been reproduced with the permission of the Reserve Bank of Australia:
Q25 Table: Balance of Payments Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, October 2000, p 73
Q25 Quote by the Governor Media release from Reserve Bank of Australia, April 2001
Q26 Text extract Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, September 2000, p 1
Q26 Text extract Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, October 2000, p 4
Q26 Table: Commonwealth Government Budget Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, October 2000, p S37

2001 –2–
1 Which one of the following is an example of structural unemployment?

(A) The skills of the unemployed do not match the skills required in available jobs.
(B) There is a time lapse between entering the workforce and gaining employment.
(C) There is a rise in the rate of unemployment as the rate of inflation falls.
(D) The unemployed no longer seek work because of a fall in the job market.

2 If the Consumer Price Index for Year 1 is 180 and for Year 2 is 198, what is the inflation
rate in Year 2?

(A) 10%
(B) 18%
(C) 80%
(D) 98%

3 Which of the following indicates an expansionary fiscal policy?

(A) Lower interest rates and increased government expenditure


(B) Higher interest rates and reduced government expenditure
(C) Higher tax rates and reduced government expenditure
(D) Lower tax rates and increased government expenditure

4 Selected economic data for Australia

Year $US per $A Trade Weighted Index


1 0.64 61
2 0.58 62
3 0.51 64

Over the period Year 1 to Year 3, which statement is correct?

(A) The Australian dollar depreciated against both the US dollar and the Trade
Weighted Index.
(B) The Australian dollar appreciated against the US dollar and depreciated against the
Trade Weighted Index.
(C) The Australian dollar depreciated against the US dollar and appreciated against the
Trade Weighted Index.
(D) The Australian dollar appreciated against both the US dollar and the Trade
Weighted Index.

2001 –3–
5 Which situation is normally associated with cost inflation?

(A) Aggregate demand exceeds aggregate supply.


(B) Labour productivity increases.
(C) A nation’s foreign exchange rate appreciates.
(D) The general level of wages increases.

6 Which of the following would be likely to occur if the Australian dollar depreciates
significantly against the currencies of its trading partners?

(A) A fall in the quantity of goods exported from Australia


(B) An increase in the quantity of goods imported into Australia
(C) An increase in imported inflation into Australia
(D) A fall in the cost of travelling overseas from Australia

7 Selected economic data for a nation

Year Change in Gross Employment Unemployment rate


Domestic Product (%) (millions) (%)
1 3.5 16.7 7.0
2 4.5 18.7 7.4

What could explain the change in the unemployment rate from Year 1 to Year 2?

(A) A fall in the number of job vacancies advertised


(B) An increase in the labour force participation rate
(C) An increase in the level of hidden unemployment
(D) A fall in the level of economic activity

8 Other things being equal, what will be the resulting increase in income for an economy
that has a marginal propensity to consume of 0.6, if investment increases by $10 million?

(A) $6 million
(B) $10 million
(C) $25 million
(D) $60 million

2001 –4–
9 The diagram illustrates the impact of a tariff.

Price
D S

World price A G
+ tariff

World price B C E F

S D
0 Quantity
L M N R

Which of the following areas would represent government revenue raised from this tariff?

(A) BLRF
(B) ACEG
(C) AMNG
(D) ABFG

10 Selected economic data for a nation

Savings (S) $450 m Investment (I) $300 m


Taxation (T) $100 m Government expenditure (G) $350 m
Imports (M) $150 m Exports (X) $200 m

Which of the following statements is correct about this economy?

(A) Economic activity is increasing and the budget is in surplus.


(B) Economic activity is increasing and the budget is in deficit.
(C) Economic activity is decreasing and the budget is in surplus.
(D) Economic activity is decreasing and the budget is in deficit.

2001 –5–
11 Selected economic data for a nation

BALANCE OF PAYMENTS
$m
Current Account

Goods credit 300


Goods debit 450

Net Services –360


Net Income ?

Capital and Financial Account balance +1300

What is the value of Net Income?

(A) –$790 m
(B) –$510 m
(C) $190 m
(D) $910 m

12 Why does the market system generally fail to produce public goods?

(A) The Government controls the prices and distribution of public goods.
(B) The benefits of public goods cannot be restricted to those who purchase them.
(C) Public goods tend to be those goods that are privatised by the Government.
(D) Consumers do not have adequate purchasing power to buy public goods.

13 Which of the following describes enterprise bargaining?

(A) Increases in wages are tied to improvements in national productivity.


(B) Decisions on wage increases are determined by industrial tribunals each year.
(C) Wage increases in the workplace are determined by workers and management.
(D) Changes in the cost of living automatically determine wage movements.

2001 –6–
14 The following diagram shows the demand for and the supply of the Australian dollar in
the foreign exchange market.

Price of
$A in $US D S1 S2

D
S1 S2

0
Quantity of $A

Which one of the following is likely to cause a shift in the supply curve from S1 to S2?

(A) More Australians travelling to the United States


(B) More United States residents visiting Australia
(C) Increased sales of exports to the United States
(D) Increased subsidies to Australia’s export industries

15 Other things being equal, what will happen if tariff protection for an Australian industry
is reduced?

(A) The price of the industry’s product to the domestic consumer will increase.
(B) Competing foreign products will be more expensive in the Australian market.
(C) Employment in the Australian industry will increase in the short term.
(D) The domestic market share for the Australian industry will decrease.

16 An Australian firm located in Australia makes an interest only repayment on an overseas


loan. How would this interest repayment be recorded in Australia’s Balance of Payments?

(A) As a debit on the Australian current account


(B) As a credit on the Australian current account
(C) As a debit on the Australian capital and financial account
(D) As a credit on the Australian capital and financial account

2001 –7–
17 Which measure could be implemented by a government attempting to improve
environmental management?

(A) A reduction in the cost of petrol production


(B) An increase in tax concessions for using solar energy
(C) An increase in incentives for coal production
(D) The replacement of renewable resources by non-renewable resources

18 Which government policy is likely to reduce the inequality of income distribution?

(A) Decreasing the level of tax rates for high income earners
(B) Increasing the tax-free threshold on income
(C) Increasing the level of tax on essential services
(D) Decreasing the level of tax on luxury items

19 The following diagram shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for a nation.

Price AS
level

AD2

AD1
0
Real GDP

What could cause a shift of the aggregate demand curve from AD1 to AD2?

(A) A fall in government spending on goods and services


(B) A rise in government spending on goods and services
(C) A rise in per unit production costs
(D) A fall in per unit production costs

20 What is the most common measure of economic growth?

(A) Changes in nominal Gross Domestic Product per person


(B) Net foreign debt as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product
(C) Changes in real Gross Domestic Product per annum
(D) The distribution of Gross Domestic Product among the population

2001 –8–
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
2001 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics Centre Number


Section II

40 marks Student Number


Attempt Questions 21–24
Allow about 1 hour and 15 minutes for this section

Answer the questions in the spaces provided.

Marks
Question 21 (10 marks)

The following information concerns trade and protection within the global economy.

During the last three decades of the twentieth century many nations have
dismantled their protection of domestic industries in the movement towards
global free trade. However, this movement has not been without its critics.
Opponents of free trade claim that removing protection has been harmful
to the growth of domestic economies.

(a) Outline ONE method that nations can use to protect domestic industries. 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

(b) Discuss TWO reasons why nations might protect their domestic industries. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

146
2001 –9–
Marks
Question 21 (continued)

(c) Describe TWO economic effects that the protection of domestic industries has 2
on global trade.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Analyse the economic benefits and costs to Australia associated with increased 5
free trade.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 21

2001 – 10 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
2001 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics Centre Number


Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 22 (10 marks)

The diagram shows two possible Lorenz curves for a nation.

100
Percentage of total income

LC1
LC2

0
100

Percentage of income recipients

(a) What is a Lorenz curve? 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) In the diagram, which Lorenz curve (LC1 or LC2) has the greater Gini 1
coefficient?

...............................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

147
2001 – 11 –
Marks
Question 22 (continued)

(c) Which of the two Lorenz curves indicates the more equitable distribution of 2
income? Give a reason for your answer.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Outline TWO reasons that could explain inequality of income within a nation. 2

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(e) Analyse the economic and social costs that arise from the inequality of income 4
distribution within a nation.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 22

2001 – 12 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
2001 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics Centre Number


Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 23 (10 marks)

The following information concerns environmental issues.

There is no immediate shortage of basic non-renewable resources. Even


at current rates of consumption there is enough copper, iron and fossil
fuels to last centuries. More pressing is the concern that the water cycle
and the composition of the atmosphere are on the verge of destruction.
Yet the powerful myth that more production and greater consumption
equals progress, remains firmly entrenched.

(a) Define ecologically sustainable development. 1

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) Describe how economic activity can have a negative impact on the environment. 2
...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 23 continues on page 14

148
2001 – 13 –
Marks
Question 23 (continued)

(c) Distinguish between renewable and non-renewable resources. Give an example 3


of each to support your answer.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(d) Explain ONE economic benefit and ONE economic cost associated with 4
achieving ecologically sustainable development.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 23

2001 – 14 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
2001 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics Centre Number


Section II (continued)

Student Number

Marks
Question 24 (10 marks)

(a) State an example of a government policy designed to promote microeconomic 1


reform in Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(b) State ONE reason why governments implement policies of microeconomic 1


reform.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

(c) Explain how microeconomic policy can bring about structural change in 4
Australia.

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................

Question 24 continues on page 16

149
2001 – 15 –
Marks
Question 24 (continued)

(d) Explain TWO problems associated with microeconomic reform in Australia. 4


...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................

End of Question 24

2001 – 16 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
2001 HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFIC ATE EXAMINATION

Economics
Section III

20 marks
Attempt either Question 25 or Question 26
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Please turn over

150
2001 – 17 –
In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:
■ use your knowledge and the economic information provided

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 25 (20 marks)

Discuss policy options the Australian Government can use to achieve external stability.

Australia — Balance of Payments — Current Account


($A million)

1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000


Exports 88 538 85 687 97 476
Imports –92 084 –98 427 –110 807
Net Services –1 192 –1 870 –1 849
Net Income and Current
Transfers –18 080 –19 106 –18 497
Current Account Balance –22 818 –33 716 –33 677
Reserve Bank Bulletin, October 2000

The Board of The Reserve Bank of Australia remains firmly of the view that the
economy’s medium-term growth prospects are very good, but recognises that two
risks to short-term growth exist. The first comes from the weaker world economy.
Against this, the exchange rate gives a major competitive edge to the traded sector.
The second risk is that confidence could weaken in such a way as to further dampen
domestic demand in the short term. The Board views it as prudent for monetary
policy to help support domestic demand under such circumstances.

Adapted from media release, Reserve Bank of Australia, April 2001

OR

2001 – 18 –
Question 26 (20 marks)

Discuss policy options the Government can use to promote and maintain economic growth in
Australia.

‘. . . there is overwhelming evidence to suggest that countries can only have


sustained expansions if they are accompanied by low inflation. It is the
sustainability of the expansion which is the key to maximising economic growth
and employment. Thus, another way of expressing the aims of a monetary policy
based on inflation-targeting is to say that its aim is to maximise the length of the
economic expansion.’
I. J. MACFARLANE, Governor of the Reserve Bank
Reserve Bank Bulletin, October 2000

Most microeconomic reform is designed to improve economic efficiency, and there


has been a longstanding expectation that the reform undertaken in the Australian
economy would lead to an improvement in productivity growth. The evidence from
the 1990s is that this improvement seems to have occurred. . . . Measures of labour
and multifactor productivity for the business cycle expansion of the 1990s show
stronger growth than for any comparable period since the 1960s.
Reserve Bank Bulletin, October 2000

Commonwealth Government Budget


($ million)

1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000


Total revenues 136 969 146 444 169 921
Total expenses 135 784 140 814 160 408
1 185 5 630 9 513
Reserve Bank Bulletin, October 2000

Please turn over

2001 – 19 –
Section IV

20 marks
Attempt either Question 27 or Question 28
Allow about 35 minutes for this section

Answer the question in a SEPARATE writing booklet. Extra writing booklets are available.

In your answer you will be assessed on how well you:


■ use economic data

■ apply economic terms, concepts, relationships and theory

■ present a sustained, logical and well-structured answer to the question

Question 27 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact of globalisation on the economic performance of the Australian economy.

OR

Question 28 (20 marks)

Analyse the impact that globalisation has had on economic development strategies in an
economy other than Australia.

End of paper

2001 – 20 –
© Board of Studies NSW 2001
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

2000
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes reading time)

DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES
• Board-approved calculators may be used.
• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.
Section I (20 marks)
• Attempt ALL questions.
• Complete your answers in either blue or black pen on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.
Section III (20 marks)
• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

548
2000
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)

Attempt ALL questions.


Each question is worth 1 mark.

Instructions for answering multiple-choice questions

• Complete your answers in either blue or black pen.

• Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response
oval completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in
the new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer,
then indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as
follows.
correct

A B C D

2000
3

1 Which of the following should increase during a recession?

(A) Total output


(B) Interest rates
(C) Disposable income
(D) Cyclical unemployment

2 Which of the following will improve a nation’s terms of trade?

(A) Export prices rise faster than import prices.


(B) Export prices fall faster than import prices.
(C) Export quantities rise faster than import quantities.
(D) Export quantities fall faster than import quantities.

3 Which of the following represents an increase in public goods?

(A) Increased spending on social welfare


(B) The creation of a national park
(C) An increase in the number of public companies
(D) The privatisation of government business enterprises

4 If the actions of the Reserve Bank lead to a substantial increase in interest rates, which
of the following is most likely to occur?

(A) Aggregate demand will increase and the Australian dollar will depreciate.
(B) Aggregate demand will increase and the Australian dollar will appreciate.
(C) Aggregate demand will decrease and the Australian dollar will depreciate.
(D) Aggregate demand will decrease and the Australian dollar will appreciate.

2000
4

5 Which of the following indicates that a government has budgeted for a deficit?

(A) Exports are greater than imports.


(B) The capital and financial account is in deficit.
(C) Government expenditure is greater than revenue.
(D) Public sector debt has decreased.

6 From the information in the table, what is the unemployment rate?

Employed persons 12 million


Unemployed persons 4 million
Hidden unemployed 2 million
Population aged 15 and over 20 million

(A) 25%
(B) 30%
(C) 33%
(D) 50%

7 Which of the following is an example of microeconomic reform?

(A) The deregulation of the labour market


(B) The raising of tariff barriers in Australia
(C) Government policies designed to control price levels
(D) The government buying back former government business enterprises

8 What are the likely effects of a reduction in income tax rates?

(A) Reduced employment and increased consumption


(B) Reduced consumption and increased investment
(C) Increased disposable income and increased employment
(D) Increased investment and reduced disposable income

2000
5

9 The diagram shows the value of $A expressed in terms of $US.

Price of $A
in terms of $US
D1
D S

0·65
0·60
D1
S D
Q1 Q2 Quantity of
$A (million)

What will be the effect of this shift in demand for the $A from DD to D1D1?

(A) Australian exports to the USA will be more price competitive.


(B) Australian debt repayments to the USA will be reduced.
(C) It will be cheaper for tourists from the USA to visit Australia.
(D) The cost of imports from the USA will increase.

10 Which market structure is characterised by a few relatively large firms and high barriers
to entry?

(A) Oligopoly
(B) Monopoly
(C) Pure competition
(D) Monopolistic competition

11 In which section of Australia’s balance of payments would an inflow of foreign


investment be recorded?

(A) The capital account


(B) The financial account
(C) The income account
(D) The current account

2000
6

12 Other things being equal, which group could be advantaged by a rise in inflation?

(A) Those who borrow money


(B) Those who have fixed incomes
(C) Those who produce exports
(D) Those who save money

13 The diagram shows the production possibility curves of two countries, X and Y.

40 X

Cars
20 Y

Y X
0
0 10 40
Pianos

Which one of the following statements is correct?

(A) Country X has a comparative advantage in producing both cars and pianos.
(B) Country Y has a comparative advantage in producing both cars and pianos.
(C) Country X has a comparative advantage in producing cars.
(D) Country X has a comparative advantage in producing pianos.

14 Which of the following would reduce the level of protection for a domestic industry?

(A) Increasing the level of tariffs


(B) Increasing the size of subsidies
(C) Increasing the size of quotas on imports
(D) Increasing the use of embargoes

2000
7

15 If there is an increase in the cash rate, which one of the following alternatives is most
likely to happen?

(A) Unemployment will decrease and the rate of economic growth will increase.
(B) The levels of business investment and consumer spending will increase.
(C) Economic growth will slow down and consumer spending will decrease.
(D) The money supply will increase and the rate of inflation will increase.

16 Which of the following would most likely improve Australia’s international


competitiveness?

(A) An appreciation of the Australian dollar


(B) A larger budget deficit
(C) Increased interest rates
(D) Reduced transport costs in Australia

17

10 A

Inflation
(%) 5

B
0
0 5 10
Unemployment (%)

Which of the following could cause the economy to move from point A to point B?

(A) A reduction in interest rates


(B) Increased government spending
(C) A decrease in consumer spending
(D) A decrease in income taxes

2000
8

18 Which of the following is an example of an externality?

(A) An increase in the size of the current account deficit


(B) Pollution control devices on cars
(C) A rise in overseas oil prices
(D) Increased traffic congestion

19 Which combination of fiscal and monetary policies would most likely expand the
domestic economy in the short run?

(A) An increase in government expenditure and an increase in interest rates


(B) An increase in government expenditure and a decrease in interest rates
(C) A decrease in government expenditure and a decrease in interest rates
(D) A decrease in government expenditure and an increase in interest rates

20 Which type of unemployment is associated with changes in the pattern of consumer


demand and changes in technology?

(A) Cyclical unemployment


(B) Frictional unemployment
(C) Hidden unemployment
(D) Structural unemployment

2000 © Board of Studies NSW 2000


9

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

2000 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)

SECTION II Marks
(20 Marks)

Attempt BOTH questions.


Each question is worth 10 marks.
Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.

21
INCOME TAX SCHEDULE

Taxable income Tax


levels payable
($) ($)
0 0
10 000 1 000
20 000 4 000
30 000 8 000
40 000 14 000

(a) What is the marginal rate of tax that applies to a person earning an income 1
between $20 000 and $30 000?

......................................................................................................................

(b) What is the average rate of tax when income is $40 000? 1

......................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

549
2000
10

QUESTION 21 (Continued) Marks

(c) Is this tax schedule progressive, regressive or proportional? Give a reason 2


for your answer.

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

(d) Distinguish between direct and indirect taxation. 2

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

(e) (i) Briefly describe ONE reform to the Australian taxation system. 2

..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

(ii) Outline ONE problem and ONE benefit associated with this 2
reform.

Problem ...........................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

Benefit .............................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................

2000 © Board of Studies NSW 2000


11

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

2000 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION II

22 The table below gives selected economic data for an economy. Marks

Economic data Year 1 Year 2

Growth in real output (% change) 5.5% 1.5%

Consumer price index (base year: Year 1) 100 95

Cash rate % 4.5% 4.5%

Unemployment rate % 5.5% 8%

Goods and services credits ($ m) 250 150

Goods and services debits ($ m) –350 –200

(a) Calculate the Balance on Goods and Services for Year 1. 1


......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

(b) Which indicator from those listed provides the best measure of economic 1
growth?

......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

550
2000
12

QUESTION 22 (Continued) Marks

(c) With reference to the table, state TWO pieces of evidence that indicate a 2
decline in economic activity between Year 1 and Year 2.

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

(d) State TWO likely consequences for this economy of the change in the 2
unemployment rate between Year 1 and Year 2.

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

(e) State ONE macroeconomic policy that could be used to increase economic 4
activity in this economy. Briefly explain its consequences.

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................

2000 © Board of Studies NSW 2000


13

2000
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTIONS III AND IV

SECTION III
(20 Marks)

Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.


Both questions are of equal value.
Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

Please turn over

551
2000
14

EITHER

23 With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
economics, write an essay on:

Inflation in the Australian Economy

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the meaning and causes of inflation;


• the reasons for Australia’s current rate of inflation;
• the consequences of the current rate of inflation for the Australian economy;
• policies that can be implemented to contain inflationary pressures in the Australian
economy.

Most indicators of inflation expectations have increased in recent quarters . . . While


much of the increase in inflation expectations reflects the anticipated one-time effect
on the price level of the introduction of the major components of the Government’s
tax package in July 2000, part of the increase in these indicators appears to reflect
higher expectations of ongoing inflation . . .
Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, November 1999

With inflation low and wages growth moderate, there is strong evidence that the good
times will keep rolling through the next year, despite the likelihood of further interest
rate increases . . . Household consumption, responsible for nearly all the economic
growth for the past year, accounted for a little less than half the expansion in the latest
figures . . . The inflation and wages data in the national accounts was moderately
higher. But when combined with a slide in productivity in the three months to
September, the outlook is for rising unit labour costs and pressure on inflation.
Sydney Morning Herald, 16 December 1999

CONSUMER PRICE INDEX


(percentage change)
%
6

0
1991 1993 1995 1997 1999

Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin,


November 1999

2000 OR
15

24 With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
economics, write an essay on:

Australia’s International Trade and Protection

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the direction and composition of Australia’s trade in recent years;


• the reasons for the reduction in the levels of protection in Australia in recent years;
• the consequences of reduced levels of protection for the Australian economy.

AUSTRALIAN IMPORTS AUSTRALIAN EXPORTS


% of total $ value: 1989 and 1999 % of total $ value: 1989 and 1999
50 50
Year 1989 Year 1989
45 Year 1999 45 Year 1999
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
Machinery/ Manufactured Chemicals Other Food Raw Manufactured Other
transport goods/ materials goods
materials and minerals

The Asian financial crisis has strengthened the long-term upward trend in the share of
imports into Australia supplied by the developing Asian economies. At the same time,
the depreciation of the Australian dollar against the US dollar and the European
currencies has helped boost the shares of exports going to the USA and the European
Union. To a lesser extent, it has also depressed the shares of imports coming from
these areas.
June 1999

World trade policy reform has been the outcome of a mix of unilateral,
regional, and multilateral initiatives, in varying measures across countries
and regions. Broadly speaking, the industrial countries have relied mainly
on the multilateral process under the Word Trade Organisation and on
regional integration initiatives to generate a positive dynamic in favour of
more liberal trade, while unilateral trade reform has been a feature
primarily in developing, newly industrialised, and transition economies.
International Monetary Fund, 1999

Please turn over


2000
16

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)

Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.


Each question is worth 20 marks.
Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER

25 What factors determine the demand for labour in the Australian economy? How do
changes in the level of demand for labour affect the Australian economy? Discuss how
government policies can affect the level of employment in the Australian economy.

OR

26 How are wages currently determined in Australia? What are the benefits for the
Australian economy of the present system of wage determination? Discuss the role of
government, industrial tribunals and unions in dealing with problems associated with the
present system of determining wage outcomes in Australia.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

EITHER

27 Compare the characteristics of monopolistic competition and oligopoly. How does the
conduct of oligopoly differ from that of monopolistic competition? How do firms in each
of these market models respond to the entry of new firms?

OR

28 How does the Australian Government attempt to ensure that industries are competitive?
Explain how the Trade Practices Act is used to protect consumers. Evaluate the
Government’s competition policies in terms of promoting Australia’s international
competitiveness.

2000
17

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER

29 What is economic development? Discuss the reasons for differences in development


between nations. Explain how rich nations can affect the economic growth and
development of poor nations.

OR

30 What are the main sources of economic growth? Discuss the factors that inhibit economic
growth and development in developing countries. Evaluate the alternative strategies that
developing countries may use to achieve economic growth and development.

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER

31 Outline how economies of scale can be achieved in Australia’s agricultural sector.


Discuss the costs and benefits of improving the export performance of Australia’s
agricultural sector. Evaluate the present role of government in assisting the export
performance of Australia’s agricultural sector.

OR

32 Outline the contribution made by the Australian mining industry to the Australian
economy. How could fluctuations in the international level of economic activity affect
Australia’s mining industry? Examine policies that governments could implement to
reduce the impact of such fluctuations on the mining industry.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH

EITHER

33 What factors determine the distribution of income in Australia? Discuss the economic
and social costs and benefits of inequality in the distribution of income. Evaluate
government policies aimed at reducing inequality of income distribution.

OR

34 What is the poverty line? Which groups are most likely to suffer from poverty? Analyse
the problems faced by government in trying to reduce poverty in Australia.

End of paper

2000
18

BLANK PAGE

2000
19

BLANK PAGE

2000
20

BLANK PAGE

2000 © Board of Studies NSW 2000


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1999
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes reading time)

DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES
• Board-approved calculators may be used.
• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.
Section I (20 marks)
• Attempt ALL questions.
• Complete your answers in either blue or black pen on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.
Section III (20 marks)
• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

548
1999
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)

Attempt ALL questions.


Each question is worth 1 mark.

Instructions for answering multiple-choice questions

• Complete your answers in either blue or black pen.

• Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question. Fill in the response
oval completely.

Sample: 2+4= (A) 2 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 9


A B C D

If you think you have made a mistake, put a cross through the incorrect answer and fill in
the new answer.
A B C D

If you change your mind and have crossed out what you consider to be the correct answer,
then indicate the correct answer by writing the word correct and drawing an arrow as
follows.
correct

A B C D

1999
3

1 What is the cause of cyclical unemployment?

(A) A low level of aggregate demand


(B) A lack of skills on the part of the unemployed
(C) An excessive level of real wages
(D) An increase in the level of technology

2 Which one of the following best describes the Terms of Trade?

(A) Agreements between nations on the trade of goods and services


(B) Relative price movements in exports and imports
(C) Revenue gained from trading goods and services
(D) The quantity of imports demanded and exports supplied

3 Which one of the following is an aim of microeconomic policy?

(A) To improve the efficiency of supply


(B) To increase barriers to entry
(C) To slow down structural change
(D) To encourage monopolies

4 Economic growth measures the change over time in

(A) unemployment.
(B) real output.
(C) foreign debt.
(D) prices.

1999
4

5 Question 5 refers to the diagram showing the market for a specific good.

Price

D S

P1

S D
O Q1 Q Q2 Quantity

According to the diagram, at price OP1

(A) the market is in equilibrium.


(B) there is a shortage of supply relative to demand.
(C) a minimum price control could exist.
(D) a maximum price control could exist.

6 The following table shows the maximum alternative output of computers and television
sets of two nations, using their resources efficiently.

Computers Television sets


Nation A 12 000 4 000
Nation B 8 000 2 000

According to this information, Nation A has

(A) an absolute advantage in computers only.


(B) an absolute advantage in television sets only.
(C) a comparative advantage in computers.
(D) a comparative advantage in television sets.

1999
5

7 The infant industry argument states that

(A) newly formed industries need to be protected from import competition.


(B) free trade is likely to have beneficial effects on small, newer industries.
(C) smaller industries are able to exploit economies of scale.
(D) protection of small import-competing industries is likely to lead to trade sanctions.

8 Which one of the following is a feature of privatisation?

(A) Reducing government subsidies


(B) Subsidising private industries
(C) Assisting public industries
(D) Selling government enterprises

9 Which of the following is most likely to provide the greatest stimulus to domestic
employment and output in the short run?

(A) Increased interest rates, decreased income tax rates, and increased government
expenditure
(B) Decreased interest rates, increased income tax rates, and decreased government
expenditure
(C) Increased interest rates, increased income tax rates, and decreased government
expenditure
(D) Decreased interest rates, decreased income tax rates, and increased government
expenditure

10 A budget deficit can be financed by

(A) buying Australian dollars.


(B) adopting expansionary fiscal policy.
(C) selling government bonds to the public.
(D) increasing revenue from direct taxation.

1999
6

11 The diagram below shows the demand and supply for the Australian dollar.

Price of $A
in terms of $US D S

0·60

0·55

S
D
6 12 19
Quantity of $A (billion)

If the Reserve Bank wishes to raise the exchange rate from $A1 = $US0·55 to
$A1 = $US0·60, then it must

(A) buy $A7 billion.


(B) sell $A7 billion.
(C) sell $A13 billion.
(D) buy $A13 billion.

12 In a recession, the effect of automatic stabilisers would be to increase

(A) government expenditure on capital works.


(B) the level of portfolio investment.
(C) income tax revenue.
(D) expenditure on transfer payments.

13 A depreciation of the Australian dollar assists import competing firms when

(A) imports are relatively price elastic.


(B) the number of import competing firms is reduced.
(C) the costs of import competing firms increase.
(D) imports are relatively price inelastic.

1999
7

14 A rise in aggregate demand will tend to

(A) reduce employment of resources.


(B) increase the level of saving.
(C) reduce taxation revenue.
(D) increase transfer payments.

15 According to the Phillips curve, a decrease in the rate of inflation will

(A) increase the size of the budget deficit.


(B) create a higher level of stagflation.
(C) increase the rate of unemployment.
(D) create a more equitable distribution of income.

16 The following table shows Balance of Payments data for a nation with a floating
exchange rate.

$m
Goods credits 81 000
Goods debits –79 000
Income and current transfers –19 000
Capital and financial account balance 16 700
Net errors and omissions 0

Calculate the value of net services.

(A) $33 700 m


(B) $300 m
(C) –$300 m
(D) –$33 700 m

Please turn over

1999
8

17 An increase in the size of the Public Sector Borrowing Requirement would most likely

(A) increase the budget surplus.


(B) reduce the current account deficit.
(C) reduce public sector debt.
(D) increase interest rates.

18 Consider the following table.

Year Consumer price index


1 200
2 210

The annual inflation rate for Year 2 is

(A) 2%
(B) 5%
(C) 10%
(D) 21%

19 If the marginal rate of taxation rises as income rises, the tax scheme is

(A) proportional.
(B) regressive.
(C) progressive.
(D) indirect.

20 Fiscal policy can be implemented through changes in

(A) government spending and revenue.


(B) interest rates and money supply.
(C) the current account deficit and external debt.
(D) wage and employment levels.

1999 © Board of Studies NSW 1999


9

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

1999 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)

SECTION II Marks
(20 Marks)

Attempt BOTH questions.


Both questions are worth 10 marks.
Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.

21 The table below gives selected economic data for a country.

% change in real output Consumer Employed Unemployed


Year on previous year price index persons persons
(million) (million)
1 3·9 100 45·0 3·0
2 4·5 106 46·0 2·0
3 3·5 110 46·5 2·5
4 2·0 111 46·0 4·0
5 1·8 112 45·5 4·5

(a) Calculate the unemployment rate in Year 4. 1


......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(b) Which year had the highest annual inflation rate? 1


......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

549
1999
10

21 (Continued) Marks

(c) With reference to the table, state TWO pieces of evidence that indicate that 2
Year 2 was a period of relatively high economic activity.
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(d) With reference to the table, suggest ONE reason for the change in the level 2
of unemployment between Years 4 and 5.
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(e) Briefly explain ONE macroeconomic and ONE microeconomic policy


response that could have been used to increase economic activity between
Years 4 and 5.

(i) Macroeconomic policy response 2


..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

(ii) Microeconomic policy response 2


..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

1999 © Board of Studies NSW 1999


11

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

1999 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION II

22
INTEREST RATES (CASH RATES)
% DECEMBER 1995 TO DECEMBER 1998
8·0
7·0
6·0
5·0
4·0
3·0
2·0
1·0
0
Dec June Dec June Dec June Dec
1995 1996 1996 1997 1997 1998 1998
Adapted from Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, December 1998

The past year has seen an unusual degree of turmoil in international financial
markets, but the underlying trend in the international economy has been
towards lower growth, lower inflation and lower world interest rates . . . In the
medium term, Australian monetary policy aims to achieve an average
inflation rate of somewhere between 2 and 3 per cent. Inflation has recently
been running below 2 per cent . . . To date, domestic economic activity has
continued to expand at a solid pace, in part reflecting the supportive stance of
monetary policy: interest rates faced by borrowers are near thirty-year lows.
Reserve Bank of Australia Bulletin, December 1998

Question 22 continues on page 12

550
1999
12

22 (Continued) Marks

(a) According to the graph, what was the level of interest rates in June 1998 1
(to the nearest whole number)?
......................................................................................................................

(b) Suggest ONE possible reason for the trend in the level of interest rates 1
shown in the graph between December 1995 and December 1998.
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(c) Suggest TWO benefits for the Australian economy of the trend in the level 2
of interest rates shown in the graph.
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(d) How does the Reserve Bank influence the level of interest rates in 3
Australia?
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(e) Why does the Reserve Bank attempt to influence the level of interest 3
rates in Australia?
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

1999 © Board of Studies NSW 1999


13

1999
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTIONS III AND IV

SECTION III
(20 Marks)

Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.


Both questions are of equal value.
Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

Please turn over

551
1999
14

EITHER

23 With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
economics, write an essay on:

Australia’s Current Account and External Debt

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the economic factors that influence the current account deficit;


• the relationship between the current account deficit and the external debt;
• macroeconomic and microeconomic policies that can be used to address problems
with the current account and external debt.

The external environment remains the major source of uncertainty. Exports have been
a drag on growth during the past year, primarily reflecting declines in exports to east
Asia. . . . Given the weaker external outlook and resultant uncertainties for the
domestic economy, it is likely that overall growth in the Australian economy will
decline over the year ahead.
Reserve Bank Bulletin, November 1998

Current Account Net External


Year Balance Debt
($ m) ($ m)
1995/1996 –21 802 194 731
1996/1997 –17 233 213 479
1997/1998 –23 264 222 403
Reserve Bank Bulletin, December 1998

EXCHANGE RATES: SELECTED CURRENCIES


(Units of foreign currency per $A)
Year Japanese United States Indonesian Malaysian
(yen) (dollar) (rupiah) (ringgit)
1996/1997 85·20 0·7455 1812·3 1·8816
1997/1998 86·16 0·6135 9125·8 2·5614
Reserve Bank Bulletin, January 1999

OR

1999
15

24 With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of economics,
write an essay on:

Australia’s Economic Performance

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• indicators of Australia’s economic performance;


• factors affecting Australia’s current economic performance;
• the role of government economic policies in assisting Australia’s economic performance;
• the limitations of government economic policies.

To date, solid domestic economic fundamentals have largely offset the sharp
deterioration in the external economic environment and the Australian economy
posted a robust growth rate of 4·1% in 1997–1998. However, while private spending
has remained buoyant, business investment and net exports have slowed markedly.
Despite exporter success to date in diversifying away from depressed Asian markets,
net exports will continue to detract from growth in 1998–1999.
Inflationary pressures will remain subdued, despite rising import prices and are
expected to be comfortably contained within the Reserve Bank target band over the
coming year.
ANZ, In Business, Spring 1998

104
KEY
103 Part-time
employment
102 Full-time
employment

101

100
Jan Mar May July Sept Nov Jan
1998 1999

Base: (Jan. 1998 = 100)

Adapted from ABS data, February 1999


BRW, 22 February 1999

1999
16

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)

Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.


Each question is worth 20 marks.
Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER

25 How do changes in the level of consumer demand affect the demand for labour in firms
and industries in the Australian economy? Discuss the factors currently affecting the level
of demand for labour in the Australian economy. Examine the government’s policy
response to Australia’s present level of unemployment.

OR

26 Distinguish between wage and non-wage outcomes in the labour market. How are wages
currently determined in the Australian economy? Discuss the impact that the present
system of wage determination has had on employment outcomes, productivity and
international competitiveness in the Australian economy.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

EITHER

27 Compare the characteristics of perfect competition and monopolistic competition in the


short run. Discuss the importance of product differentiation in monopolistic competition.
What is the effect of the entry of new firms in each of these market models?

OR

28 Why is it important for markets to be competitive? How can government policies affect
industry performance in terms of economic efficiency, responsiveness to consumer
demand, innovation, and international competitiveness? In your answer, refer to
Australian examples.

1999
17

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER

29 What is the difference between economic growth and economic development? How can
governments in developing nations promote their own nation’s development? Discuss the
advantages and disadvantages of relying on aid from other nations.

OR

30 Why is it difficult to compare the standard of living between nations? What role can
investment and technology play in increasing economic growth in developing nations?
Discuss the possible costs and benefits of economic growth to a developing nation.

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER

31 Outline the main sources of farm income and costs faced by producers in Australia’s
agricultural sector. Assess the impact that fluctuations in farm incomes have on
manufacturing and service industries, and on the balance of payments. Discuss the
policies that government can implement to reduce the impact of these fluctuations.

OR

32 Outline the role played by investment and export markets in Australia’s mining industry.
How does the Australian economy benefit from growth in the mining industry? Discuss
the problems that could be associated with increased mining activities.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH

EITHER

33 Distinguish between absolute and relative poverty. What factors contribute to the level of
poverty in Australia? Discuss the problems associated with government policies aimed at
reducing the level of poverty in Australia.

OR

34 What are the main sources of income and wealth in Australia? Examine the factors that
influence the distribution of income and wealth in Australia. Discuss the problems
associated with government policies designed to redistribute income.

End of paper

1999
18

BLANK PAGE

1999
19

BLANK PAGE

1999
20

BLANK PAGE

1999 © Board of Studies NSW 1999


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1998
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes reading time)

DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES
• Board-approved calculators may be used.
• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.
Section I (20 marks)
• Attempt ALL questions.
• Complete your answers in blue or black pen, or in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.
Section III (20 marks)
• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

548
1998
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)

Attempt ALL questions.


Each question is worth 1 mark.
Complete your answers in blue or black pen, or in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
Select the alternative A, B, C or D that best answers the question.

1. One advantage of free trade would be

(A) an increase in government tariff revenue.


(B) a decrease in import licensing.
(C) an improvement in the allocation of resources.
(D) the protection of import competing industries.

2. Which of the following is a characteristic of a monopoly?

(A) Resource allocation is always efficient.


(B) Price and output can be controlled at the same time.
(C) There are no close substitutes for the monopolist’s product.
(D) The firm is a price-taker.

3. The Consumer Price Index in year 1 is 125 and in year 2 is 130. The rate of inflation
between year 1 and year 2 is

(A) 3·8%
(B) 4·0%
(C) 5·0%
(D) 30·0%

4. A rise in the value of Australia’s imports relative to its exports will, other things being
equal,

(A) decrease Australia’s public sector borrowings.


(B) decrease Australia’s holdings of foreign exchange.
(C) improve Australia’s trade-weighted index.
(D) improve Australia’s current account.

1998
3

5. The following table shows the labour force data for a nation.

No. of persons
Employment:
full-time 120 000
part-time 62 000
Unemployment 18 000
Job vacancies 6 000

The unemployment rate in this nation is

(A) 3%
(B) 9%
(C) 10%
(D) 15%

6. The structural deficit refers to

(A) the size of the government’s budget deficit after allowance has been made for the
level of economic activity.
(B) the size of the government’s budget deficit after allowance has been made for the
introduction of new taxes.
(C) that part of the government’s budget deficit that indicates how much interest rates
will change.
(D) that part of the government’s budget deficit that must be financed by government
borrowing.

7. A $2 tax imposed on petrol will increase the price of petrol by

(A) $2, if the supply curve slopes up to the right and the demand curve slopes down to
the right.
(B) less than $2, if the supply curve is horizontal and the demand curve slopes down to
the right.
(C) more than $2, if the demand curve is horizontal and the supply curve slopes up to
the right.
(D) less than $2, if the supply curve slopes up to the right and the demand curve slopes
down to the right.

1998
4

8. The diagram below shows the market for Australian dollars in terms of US dollars.

Price of $A
in terms of $US S
D

X Y
P

D
S
0 Q1 Q2
Quantity of $A supplied and demanded

Assuming a floating exchange rate, at price OP, XY represents a

(A) shortage of Australian dollars which will cause the Australian dollar to appreciate.
(B) shortage of Australian dollars which will cause the Australian dollar to depreciate.
(C) surplus of Australian dollars which will cause the Australian dollar to appreciate.
(D) surplus of Australian dollars which will cause the Australian dollar to depreciate.

9. Which of the following statements could be described as an example of supply-side


economics?

(A) Increases in transfer payments by the government are a means of raising living
standards.
(B) Expansionary fiscal policy is required to move the economy to a situation of full
employment.
(C) Growth of the economy is mainly determined by growth in aggregate demand for
its output.
(D) Income tax cuts will increase incentives to work and therefore increase the level of
employment.

1998
5

10. Price ($)


D S

G H
B

I K M L
A
S D

0 C J E F
Quantity

If the government imposes a tariff on a product, raising the price from OA to OB, the total
domestic producer revenue is now represented by the area

(A) OBGJ
(B) ABGK
(C) KGHM
(D) OALF

11. An increase in unemployment, other things being equal, could affect economic activity
by

(A) decreasing government transfer payments.


(B) increasing inflationary expectations.
(C) decreasing private consumption.
(D) improving living standards.

12. High barriers to entry in a market will usually

(A) encourage more firms to enter the industry.


(B) occur in perfectly competitive industries.
(C) lead to market failure.
(D) occur in oligopolistic industries.

1998
6

13. The following table shows the quantity of milk and bread produced by two nations, using
the same quantity of resources.

Milk Bread
(Units) (Units)
Nation A 200 100
Nation B 125 75

Nation A has

(A) an absolute advantage in the production of bread only.


(B) an absolute advantage in the production of milk only.
(C) a comparative advantage in the production of bread.
(D) a comparative advantage in the production of milk.

14. An example of hidden unemployment occurs where

(A) the skills of the unemployed do not match the skills required in available jobs.
(B) workers have been laid off by factory closures.
(C) there is a rise in the rate of unemployment as the rate of inflation falls.
(D) the unemployed no longer seek work because of a deterioration in the job market.

15. Allocative efficiency refers to

(A) the level of producer satisfaction obtained from a nation’s output.


(B) the level of resources devoted by a business to research and development, so as to
improve product quality.
(C) the value of the output forgone in one industry compared to the value of output
gained in another industry.
(D) the amount of output produced from resources with minimal costs of production.

16. If aggregate demand is greater than aggregate supply, other things being equal, the
level of

(A) economic activity is likely to fall.


(B) unemployment is likely to rise.
(C) inflation is likely to rise.
(D) imports is likely to fall.

1998
7

17. A factor that usually causes an increase in the volume of imports is

(A) a decrease in exports.


(B) a depreciation of the $A.
(C) a deterioration in the terms of trade.
(D) an increase in economic growth.

18. The combination of fiscal and monetary policies that would most likely contract the
domestic economy in the short run is

(A) an increase in the budget surplus and an increase in interest rates.


(B) an increase in the budget surplus and a decrease in interest rates.
(C) a reduction in the budget surplus and a decrease in interest rates.
(D) a reduction in the budget surplus and an increase in interest rates.

19. The removal of a car’s pollution control system in order to improve the car’s fuel
economy creates

(A) a technical efficiency.


(B) an externality.
(C) a public good.
(D) a merit good.

20. Cost inflation occurs when there is

(A) an increase in the prices of raw materials resulting in an increase in the price of
final goods.
(B) an increase in the demand for products resulting in an increase in the price of final
goods.
(C) an increase in the level of consumption resulting in an increase in the price of final
goods.
(D) an increase in the supply of final goods resulting in an increase in the price of final
goods.

1998
8

BLANK PAGE

1998 © Board of Studies NSW 1998


9

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

1998 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)

SECTION II Marks
(20 Marks)

Attempt BOTH questions.


Each question is worth 10 marks.
Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.

21. The following table shows a nation’s import price index and export price index
over three years.

Import Export
Year price index price index
1 100 100
2 130 104
3 160 120

(a) Using the data above, calculate the Terms of Trade index in year 2. 1
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(b) State the trend in the nation’s Terms of Trade over the three-year period. 1
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

549 Question 21 continues on page 10


1998
10

21. (Continued) Marks

(c) (i) Explain how the trend in the nation’s Terms of Trade, as indicated 2
by the table, could affect the nation’s imports.
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

(ii) Explain how the trend in the nation’s Terms of Trade, as indicated 2
by the table, could affect the nation’s exports.
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

(d) Explain TWO ways in which Australia’s export base contributes to 4


Australia’s current account deficit problems.
(i) ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
(ii) ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

1998 © Board of Studies NSW 1998


11

MARKER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

1998 CENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION II

22. The following table shows two different possible tax schemes. Marks

TOTAL
TAXABLE TAX TAX
INCOME SCHEME A SCHEME B
Tax payable Tax payable
($) ($) ($)
2 000 160 100
4 000 400 200
6 000 720 300
8 000 1 120 400
10 000 1 660 500

(a) Using the above table, calculate:

(i) the average rate of taxation in tax scheme B when the total taxable 1
income is $4000;
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

(ii) the marginal rate of taxation in tax scheme A when the total taxable 1
income is between $4000 and $6000.
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

550
1998
12

22. (Continued) Marks

(b) State whether each of the tax schemes set out in the table is proportional,
regressive or progressive.

(i) Tax scheme A 1


..........................................................................................................

(ii) Tax scheme B 1


..........................................................................................................

(c) Assume that the nation changes from tax scheme A to tax scheme B. 2
Explain equity issues associated with this change.
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................

(d) Explain TWO economic consequences of broadening Australia’s tax base. 4


(i) ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
(ii) ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................

1998 © Board of Studies NSW 1998


13

1998
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION III AND IV

SECTION III
(20 Marks)

Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.


Both questions are of equal value.
Answer the question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

Please turn over

551
1998
14

EITHER

23. With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
economics, write an essay on:

Australia’s Economic Growth.

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the meaning of economic growth;


• arguments for sustaining a high level of economic growth in the Australian economy;
• the role played by monetary and fiscal policies in promoting and maintaining
economic growth;
• internal and external economic constraints to achieving sustainable high economic
growth.

The latest available data suggest that the expansion is continuing, with signs that
employment growth may be starting to respond to the firmer trend in production. If so,
the resulting growth in household incomes will support ongoing growth in
consumption.
Reserve Bank Bulletin, November 1997, page 19

SELECTED ECONOMIC INDICATORS—AUSTRALIA

Economic
Interest Budget Unemploy- growth
Year ended rate deficit (–) Inflation ment rate at
June (cash rate) surplus (+) rate (CPI) rate constant
(%) ($m) (%) (%) prices (%)
1991 10·50 –1·9 5·3 9·4 – 0·3
1992 6·50 –9·3 1·9 11·1 2·0
1993 5·25 –14·5 1·9 11·0 3·4
1994 4·75 –13·7 1·7 9·9 3·9
1995 7·50 –11·6 2·5 8·3 3·5
1996 7·50 –5·0 3·9 8·3 4·4
1997 5·50 +2·5 0·3 8·7 3·8
Adapted from Reserve Bank Bulletins, 1991–1997

OR

1998
15

24. With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
economics, write an essay on:

Australian Microeconomic Reform.

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the meaning of microeconomic reform;


• the objectives of competition policy;
• microeconomic reforms that have occurred in Australia during the last decade;
• industries and sectors that face future microeconomic reform and structural change.

National competition policy establishes processes and institutions to encourage


competition across the whole economy, not just in particular sectors. It has . . . the
potential to trigger reform initiatives for many years to come. The initial focus has been
in sectors such as electricity, gas, water and road transport and government business
enterprises, with the reforms then being addressed in Government trading entities, the
professions and other entities such as the statutory marketing authorities.

Competition policy is not about competition for competition sake, it is a means to other
ends.

REPORT FROM THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES STANDING COMMITTEE ON FINANCIAL


INSTITUTIONS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Cultivating Competition: Inquiry
into Aspects of the National Competition Policy Reform Package, June 1997, pp. 1–2.
Commonwealth of Australia copyright reproduced by permission.
Reserve Bank Bulletins – Vaious 1991–97

ESTIMATED ANNUAL LONG-TERM GAINS FROM


NATIONAL COMPETITION POLICY REFORMS

Real GDP 5·5 per cent p.a. Commonwealth Govt. $5·9 billion
Revenue

Real consumption $9 billion p.a. Real wages 3 per cent

Employment 30 000 more jobs State, Territory, $3 billion


Local Govt. Revenue

INDUSTRY COMMISSION, The Growth and Revenue Implications of Hilmer


and Related Reforms, March 1995, page 82
Commonwealth of Australia copyright reproduced by permission.

1998
16

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)

Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.


Each question is worth 20 marks.
Answer each question in a SEPARATE Writing Booklet.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER

25. Using supply and demand theory, examine how the size and the quality of the labour
market are determined. Explain why governments might want to intervene in the labour
market. In your answer, refer to current Australian government labour market policy.

OR

26. Outline the role of employer organisations, employee organisations, and the legal system
in the current Australian labour market. Discuss the changing significance of these
institutions in the Government’s labour market policy.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

EITHER

27. Outline the structure of an oligopolistic market. Explain how this structure affects the
conduct of firms in this type of market. Why are so many Australian markets
oligopolistic? How have governments attempted to make these markets more competitive
in recent times?

OR

28. Explain how the conduct and the performance of a monopoly market differs from that of
a perfectly competitive market. How does price discrimination affect the conduct and
performance of a monopoly?

1998
17

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER

29. Outline the problems in promoting global equality. How may rich nations inhibit the
growth of poor nations? Discuss the factors that have caused imbalances in development
between these nations.

OR

30. How is economic growth measured? What are the sources of growth for a nation?
Examine the strategies that a nation may use to promote growth and development. Use
examples to illustrate your answer.

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER

31. Outline the importance of either the agricultural industry or the mining industry to the
Australian economy. What are the issues facing this industry at present? Discuss policies
that the Government could employ to address these issues.

OR

32. What are the main domestic and international problems faced by Australia’s primary
producers in recent years? Discuss the possible impact of changes in Australia’s
exchange rate on the primary sector.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH

EITHER

33. What is meant by the term wealth? Describe the distribution of wealth in Australia.
Discuss the institutional and social factors that influence this distribution of wealth.

OR

34. Why do governments attempt to redistribute income? What policies are available to
change income distribution? Explain the problems associated with implementing such
policies.

End of paper

1998
18

BLANK PAGE

1998
19

BLANK PAGE

1998
20

BLANK PAGE

1998 © Board of Studies NSW 1998


N E W S O U T H W A L E S

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1997
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes reading time)

D IRECTIONS TO C ANDIDATES

• Board-approved calculators may be used.


• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.

Section I (20 marks)


• Attempt ALL questions.
• Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.
Section III (20 marks)
• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.

1997
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)
Attempt ALL questions.
Each question is worth 1 mark.
Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.

1. Consumer sovereignty occurs when

(A) consumers pay less for a good than they are willing to pay.
(B) consumer demand determines what is to be produced.
(C) there is no advertising in a market.
(D) demand equals supply.

2. If a nation’s output rises, it would be expected that


(A) consumption and savings would rise.
(B) consumption and savings would fall.
(C) consumption would rise and savings would fall.
(D) consumption would fall and savings would rise.

3. One aim of competition policy is to

(A) improve the efficiency of supply.


(B) increase barriers to entry.
(C) slow structural change.
(D) sell all government-owned firms.

4. The problem of rising inflation is more likely to occur when

(A) unemployment is high and interest rates are high.


(B) unemployment is low and interest rates are high.
(C) unemployment is high and interest rates are low.
(D) unemployment is low and interest rates are low.

1997
3

5. In the following diagram, DD and SS represent the demand and supply curve for a good.

Price S
D S1

S
D
S1

0
Quantity

If a subsidy of $5 per unit were paid to producers, shifting the supply curve from SS to
S1S1, then, other things being equal, the price of the good would

(A) fall by $5.


(B) fall by more than $5.
(C) fall by less than $5.
(D) remain unchanged.

6. The combination of policies that would most likely provide the greatest stimulus to
domestic employment and output in the short run is

(A) increased interest rates, lower income tax rates, and increased government
expenditure.
(B) lower interest rates, higher income tax rates, and reduced government expenditure.
(C) increased interest rates, higher income tax rates, and reduced government
expenditure.
(D) lower interest rates, lower income tax rates, and increased government expenditure.

7. If the Reserve Bank of Australia aims to reduce the rate of inflation, it could
(A) increase interest rates and reduce the growth of money and credit.
(B) increase both interest rates and the growth of money and credit.
(C) reduce interest rates and increase the growth of money and credit.
(D) reduce both interest rates and the growth of money and credit.

1997
4

8. The following information refers to a nation’s terms of trade.

Import Export
Year Price Index Price Index
1 100 100
2 130 104

Other things being equal, the change in this nation’s terms of trade from Year 1 to Year 2
means that
(A) the nation’s value of exports is greater than its value of imports.
(B) the nation will increase its reserves of foreign currency.
(C) the nation can buy fewer imports with a given volume of exports.
(D) the nation’s current account deficit will fall.

9. In a progressive income tax system


(A) both the marginal tax rate and the average tax rate rise with levels of income.
(B) the marginal tax rate rises with income, while the average tax rate remains constant.
(C) the tax-free threshold rises with levels of income.
(D) the average tax rate remains the same for different levels of income.

1 0 . Public goods are supplied by governments rather than by private firms because

(A) public goods are the major source of government income.


(B) governments can supply these goods more efficiently than private firms.
(C) public goods are free to produce.
(D) private firms are unwilling to supply these goods in appropriate quantities.

1997
5

11. Price of D1
$A in $US S
D

D1
S D
0
Quantity of $A

In the above diagram, the shift in the demand curve from DD to D1D1 could have been
caused by
(A) increased capital inflow and increased demand for imports.
(B) decreased capital inflow and increased demand for exports.
(C) decreased capital inflow and increased demand for imports.
(D) increased capital inflow and increased demand for exports.

1 2 . Market failure occurs when

(A) demand and supply do not reflect all the costs and benefits of production.
(B) merit goods are provided by the private sector.
(C) demand and supply are in disequilibrium.
(D) the quantity demanded for the good is less than the quantity supplied of the good.

1 3 . Increases in Australian exports, foreign travel in Australia, and foreign capital inflow into
Australia would cause

(A) a depreciation of the Australian dollar.


(B) an increase in supply of foreign currency into Australia.
(C) an increase in demand for foreign currency by Australians.
(D) a decrease in foreign exchange reserves in Australia.

1997
6

1 4 . Which of the following is a characteristic of monopolistic competition?

(A) There are substantial barriers to entry.


(B) There is product differentiation.
(C) A single firm produces the entire industry output.
(D) Each firm’s demand curve is horizontal at the market price.

15. Inflation
(%) P

0
P
Unemployment (%)

In the above diagram, the Phillips curve shows that

(A) with a change in the level of inflation, unemployment will remain constant.
(B) a decrease in the level of inflation will lower the level of unemployment.
(C) there is a certain level of unemployment where prices will actually fall.
(D) as the level of unemployment changes, prices will remain constant.

1 6 . An example of how automatic stabilisers affect economic activity would be


(A) the government raising marginal tax rates in order to slow down economic growth
during a boom.
(B) a rise in government expenditure on roads in order to increase the level of
employment during a recession.
(C) slower growth in consumption expenditure as taxpayers move into higher tax
brackets as incomes increase.
(D) an increase in unemployment benefit rates in the Federal Government budget.

1997
7

1 7 . The crowding in effect refers to

(A) a decrease in the interest rate caused by a balanced budget.


(B) an increase in the interest rate caused by an increased demand for money.
(C) an increase in private investment caused by an expansionary fiscal policy.
(D) a decrease in private investment caused by increased government spending.

1 8 . Corporatisation is
(A) the opening of a public enterprise to private sector ownership.
(B) the encouragement of private sector enterprises to operate more efficiently by
lowering costs and prices.
(C) the process of improving productivity in government enterprises by ensuring that
price covers the costs of production.
(D) the reforming of government enterprises by removing government benefits and
adopting private sector characteristics.

1 9 . In the equation Y = C + I + G + ( X – M ) , aggregate supply refers to

(A) C+I
(B) Y –G–I
(C) Y
(D) C+I+G

2 0 . Differences in income distribution in Australia indicate that


(A) single-income households, on average, earn more than two-income households.
(B) males earn more than females, on average.
(C) cultural background is irrelevant to income level.
(D) there are no inequalities in income levels.

1997
8

BLANK PAGE

© Board of Studies NSW 1997

1997
9

E XAMINER’S USE O NLY S TUDENT NUMBER


Q. 21

1997 C ENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)

SECTION II Marks
(20 Marks)
Attempt BOTH questions.
Both questions are worth 10 marks.
Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.

2 1 . In the diagram below, DD is the demand curve for the Australian dollar. S1S1 is
the supply curve of Australian dollars on day 1, and S 2S 2 is the new supply
curve for Australian dollars on day 2.

Price of $A D S1
in $US
S2

0·80
0·75

S1
S2
D

0
Quantity of $A

With the assistance of the above diagram, answer the following questions.
(a) Explain what is meant by the term ‘exchange rate’. 1
........................................................................................
........................................................................................

........................................................................................

Question 21 continues on page 10

1997
10

21. (Continued) Marks


(b) In the diagram on page 9, what is the exchange rate for the Australian 1
dollar on day 1?
........................................................................................

(c) Describe TWO factors that could cause the supply of Australian dollars to 2
move from S1S1 to S2S2.

(i) ...............................................................................
...............................................................................
(ii) ...............................................................................

...............................................................................
(d) What is the likely impact on the components of Australia’s merchandise 2
trade as a result of the supply curve shifting from S1S1 to S2S2?

........................................................................................

........................................................................................

........................................................................................
........................................................................................

(e) Describe and explain TWO possible actions that the Reserve Bank could 4
take if it wished to maintain the exchange rate for the Australian dollar at its
level on day 1.

(i) ...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................
...............................................................................

...............................................................................
(ii) ...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................
...............................................................................
...............................................................................

© Board of Studies NSW 1997

1997
11

E XAMINER’S USE O NLY S TUDENT NUMBER


Q. 22

1997 C ENTRE NUMBER


HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION II

Marks
2 2 . The following table shows the amount of computers and wheat produced by
TWO nations, X and Y, using the same quantity of resources.

Nation Computers Wheat


(units) (units)
X 300 800
Y 200 400

With the assistance of the above table, answer the following questions.

(a) Which nation has the absolute advantage in the production of 1


(i) computers? ................................................................

(ii) wheat? .....................................................................

(b) Outline ONE reason why a nation should specialise in the production of 1
goods in which it has a comparative advantage.
........................................................................................

........................................................................................

(c) In the production of which good does Nation Y have a comparative 2


advantage? Explain your answer.
........................................................................................

........................................................................................
........................................................................................
........................................................................................
........................................................................................

Question 22 continues on page 12

1997
12

22. (Continued) Marks


(d) Describe TWO international attempts to promote free trade. 2
(i) ...............................................................................
...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................
(ii) ...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................
...............................................................................

(e) Outline TWO reasons why nations restrict trade. Discuss the effects of 4
such restrictions.
(i) ...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................

...............................................................................

(ii) ...............................................................................
...............................................................................

...............................................................................
...............................................................................

© Board of Studies NSW 1997

1997
13

1997
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTIONS III AND IV

SECTION III
(20 Marks)
Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.
Both questions are of equal value.
Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.

Question 23 starts on page 14

1997
14

EITHER

2 3 . With the assistance of the following information, and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on
Unemployment and Inflation in the Australian Economy.

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:


¥ trends in unemployment and inflation in Australia since 1990, and the reasons for
these trends;
¥ the difficulties of simultaneously reducing unemployment and inflation;
¥ policy measures the Australian Government could use to lower unemployment and
achieve low inflation.

Year ended Unemployment Inflation Growth of


June rate rate real output
(%) (%) (%)
1990 6á9 7á7 3á3
1991 9á4 3á4 Ð0á3
1992 11á1 1á2 2á0
1993 11á0 1á7 3á4
1994 9á9 1á7 3á9
1995 8á3 4á5 3á5
1996 8á3 3á1 4á4
Reserve Bank Bulletin, AGPS December 1996
Courtesy the Reserve Bank of Australia.

In the second half of 1994, when a rise in inflation threatened, monetary policy was
tightened three times. These tightenings helped keep inflation to modest levels, thus
allowing the economy to remain on a sustainable growth path. Over the past six
months, with a pronounced fall in inflation in prospect, monetary policy has now been
eased three times.
I. J. MACFARLANE, Reserve Bank Governor, December 1996

OR

1997
15

2 4 . With the assistance of the following information, and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on
Fiscal Policy in Australia.
In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

¥ the meaning of fiscal policy;


¥ the current role fiscal policy plays in attempting to solve AustraliaÕs current account
and external debt problems;
¥ the problems associated with this current role.

A central plank of the GovernmentÕs economic strategy is to put in place policies to lift
national saving to a level adequate to finance national investment without having to rely
excessively on foreign saving . . . Policy priorities in this area encompass fiscal
consolidation measures to increase public saving at the Commonwealth level.
BUDGET STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK 1997Ð98, Budget Paper No.1, page 1.8

COMPONENTS OF THE CURRENT ACCOUNT BALANCE

$ billion $ billion
5 5
Balance on Goods and Services
0 0

Ð5 Ð5

Ð10 Ð10
Net Income and
Unrequited Transfers
Ð15 Ð15

Ð20 Ð20
1976Ð77 1980Ð81 1984Ð85 1988Ð89 1992Ð93 1996Ð97(e)

(e) Treasury estimate

BUDGET STRATEGY AND OUTLOOK 1997Ð98, Budget Paper No. 1, page 2.19
Dept of the Treasury, Budget Speech and Statements 1 and 2 of Budget Paper No 1 1996-97, AGPS Canberra 1996.
Commonwealth of Australia copyright reproduced by permission.

1997
16

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)
Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
Each question is worth 20 marks.
Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER
2 5 . What are the determinants of the supply of labour to firms and the economy as a whole?
Discuss how participation rates can affect this supply of labour. Explain government
policies that have affected labour supply over the last few years.

OR
2 6 . Outline current government labour market policy. How has this policy affected the role
of institutions in the labour market? Discuss the implications of this policy on wage and
employment outcomes.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS
EITHER

2 7 . Why is there a high degree of seller concentration in many Australian markets? What
problems may arise from highly concentrated markets? Explain how government policy
may lead to reduced seller concentration. Use examples to illustrate your answer.

OR

2 8 . Outline the pricing and output policy for a firm maximising profit in monopolistic
competition. How does this policy differ from that of a monopolist? Explain why and
how governments might influence the pricing and output decisions of firms in less than
perfectly competitive markets.

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER
2 9 . Outline problems faced by developing nations in attaining higher standards of living.
Discuss TWO strategies by which economic development can be achieved. Explain the
costs and benefits of economic development.

OR
3 0 . What are the main differences between developed and developing nations? To what
extent can the differences in the economic performance of these two groups be explained
by problems specific to the developing nations? How can global equality be promoted?
Use examples to illustrate your answer.

1997
17

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER
3 1 . What is the contribution of primary industries to the Australian economy? Explain the
domestic and international problems that confront Australia’s primary industries. Discuss
government policies designed to overcome these problems.

OR
3 2 . Why do the prices of agricultural products tend to be unstable? What are the implications
of this price instability for the agricultural sector and for the economy as a whole? How
could the Australian Government stabilise agricultural prices? Use examples to illustrate
your answer.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH


EITHER

3 3 . Describe the distribution of income in Australia. How do market factors influence this
distribution? What are the arguments for and against governments attempting to influence
the distribution of income?
OR

3 4 . How can poverty be measured? What groups are most likely to be affected by poverty?
Discuss the policies available to governments to reduce poverty. What problems are
associated with such policies?

1997
18

BLANK PAGE

1997
19

BLANK PAGE

1997
20

BLANK PAGE

© Board of Studies NSW 1997

1997
N E W S O U T H W A L E S

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1996
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes’ reading time)

D IRECTIONS TO C ANDIDATES

• Board-approved calculators may be used.


• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.

Section I (20 marks)


• Attempt ALL questions.
• Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.

Section III (20 marks)


• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.

1996
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)

Attempt ALL questions.


Each question is worth 1 mark.
Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.

1. ‘Internal balance’ refers to

(A) full employment and a reduced foreign debt.


(B) price stability and a stable exchange rate.
(C) full employment and price stability.
(D) a reduced foreign debt and low inflation.

2. Which of the following best describes an oligopolistic industry?

(A) Many sellers, homogeneous product, no control over price.


(B) Many sellers, differentiated product, non-price competition.
(C) Few sellers, differentiated product, non-price competition.
(D) Few sellers, homogeneous product, no control over price.

3. The level of hidden unemployment tends to fall when

(A) the level of economic activity increases.


(B) the level of cyclical unemployment increases.
(C) the number of discouraged jobseekers increases.
(D) the level of structural unemployment increases.

4. If the Australian dollar depreciates in foreign exchange markets, then

(A) overseas residents find that Australian goods are more expensive.
(B) the Australian dollar buys more goods in the foreign goods market.
(C) imported goods are less expensive for Australian residents.
(D) overseas residents find that Australian goods are less expensive.

1996
3

5. In the following diagram, DD and SS represent the demand and supply for cars.

S1

Price
D

S1
D

0 Quantity

The most likely cause of the shift in the supply curve for cars from SS to S1S1 is

(A) a decrease in the subsidy paid to car manufacturers.


(B) an increase in the subsidy paid to car manufacturers.
(C) an increase in the price of cars.
(D) a decrease in the price of cars.

6. Which combination of policies would provide the greatest stimulus to domestic


employment and output in the short run?

(A) Raising tariffs and providing subsidies for exports.


(B) Lowering tariffs and providing subsidies for exports.
(C) Lowering quotas on imports and placing taxes on exports.
(D) Imposing quotas on imports and placing taxes on exports.

1996
4

7. The following information refers to a nation’s balance of payments.

$ billion
Balance on merchandise trade –6
Net services –4
Net unrequited transfers 2
Balance on capital account 20

From the above information, the value of net income is

(A) $8 billion.
(B) – $8 billion.
(C) $12 billion.
(D) – $12 billion.

8. If Australia removed tariffs on running shoes imported from the United States, we would
initially expect

(A) the price of running shoes to rise in Australia.


(B) the price of running shoes to fall in Australia.
(C) employment to rise in the Australian shoe-manufacturing industry.
(D) employment to fall in the United States shoe-manufacturing industry.

9. Monetary policy that aims to reduce the growth of the money supply and credit is likely to

(A) increase interest rates and reduce private sector investment.


(B) increase both interest rates and private sector investment.
(C) reduce interest rates and increase private sector investment.
(D) reduce both interest rates and private sector investment.

1 0 . On the Australian balance of payments, a capital outflow occurs when

(A) Australians purchase shares in overseas companies.


(B) Australian companies sell shares to overseas residents.
(C) Australians buy capital goods from overseas residents.
(D) Australians sell capital goods to overseas residents.

1996
5

1 1 . In the four diagrams below, DD and SS represent demand and supply curves for
Good X.

Price

Price
D

S S

D D
S S

0 Quantity 0 Quantity
DIAGRAM 1 DIAGRAM 2
Price

Price

S S
D
D
S S

0 Quantity 0 Quantity
DIAGRAM 3 DIAGRAM 4

If an indirect tax is imposed on Good X, in which of the diagrams will consumers pay the
largest proportion of that tax?

(A) Diagram 1
(B) Diagram 2
(C) Diagram 3
(D) Diagram 4

1996
6

1 2 . The market system generally fails to produce public goods because

(A) consumers in the market place have little demand for public goods.
(B) private industry cannot restrict the benefits to only those who are willing to pay for
public goods.
(C) government business enterprises can produce public goods cheaper than private
industry.
(D) the existence of public goods increases the inequality of income distribution.

1 3 . ‘Technical efficiency’ is best defined as

(A) producing at the minimum average cost level of output.


(B) employing current technology to improve productivity.
(C) allocating resources according to consumer preferences.
(D) increasing the rate of capital accumulation.

14. $ billion
Savings 30
Investment 20
Taxation 10
Exports 15
Government spending 20
Imports 10

From the information given in the table above, it can be said that

(A) the level of national income is in equilibrium.


(B) the level of economic activity will tend to rise.
(C) planned expenditure equals actual expenditure.
(D) the level of economic activity will tend to fall.

1 5 . The traditional Phillips curve suggests a trade-off between

(A) unemployment and inflation.


(B) inflation and income equality.
(C) economic growth and full employment.
(D) unemployment and income equality.

1996
7

1 6 . In the following diagram, DD and SS represent the domestic demand and supply curves,
respectively, for cars. OA is the price for cars before a tariff is imposed and OB is the
price for cars after a tariff is imposed.

Price
D S

M N
B
Tariff
A H J K L

D
S

O C R E F Quantity

The expenditure on imported cars after the tariff is imposed is equal to the area

(A) CHLF.
(B) RMNE.
(C) JMNK.
(D) RJKE.

1 7 . An increase in personal income tax rates will tend to

(A) increase aggregate demand by causing interest rates to fall.


(B) increase aggregate demand by causing planned investment to rise.
(C) decrease aggregate demand by causing disposable income to fall.
(D) decrease aggregate demand by causing interest rates to rise.

1996
8

18. 1

Average tax rate (%)

0 Income ($)

In the diagram above, which of the lines represents a regressive tax?

(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) 4

1 9 . If the economy is in recession, an appropriate fiscal–monetary policy mix might be to

(A) lower taxes, decrease government spending, and expand the money supply.
(B) lower taxes, increase government spending, and contract the money supply.
(C) lower taxes, increase government spending, and expand the money supply.
(D) lower taxes, decrease government spending, and contract the money supply.

2 0 . An increase in the income tax threshold will, other things being equal,

(A) increase the average rate of income tax.


(B) decrease the average rate of income tax.
(C) increase both the marginal rate of income tax and the average rate of income tax.
(D) leave both the average rate of income tax and the marginal rate of income tax
unchanged.

1996 © Board of Studies NSW 1996


9

E XAMINER’S USE O NLY S TUDENT NUMBER


Q. 21

C ENTRE NUMBER
1996
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)

SECTION II Marks
(20 Marks)

Attempt BOTH questions.


Both questions are worth 10 marks.
Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.

2 1 . If Australia wishes to improve its international competitiveness, then


microeconomic reform must continue to be a major instrument of economic
policy.
Significant progress has been made in introducing microeconomic reform
across a broad spectrum of Australian industries over the past decade. Many
industries in both the private and public sectors have undergone massive
changes in their structure and operation since these reforms were
introduced . . .
However the task of reforming the Australian industrial base is far from
complete . . . Microeconomic reform comes at a cost . . . There is a limit to
the speed with which significant changes in the workplace can be introduced,
especially when opposition to the reforms is intense . . .

With the assistance of the quotation above, answer the following questions.

(a) Outline TWO ways in which microeconomic reform should enable 2


Australia to ‘improve its international competitiveness’.

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

1996 Question 21 continues on page 10


10

21. (Continued) Marks


(b) Using TWO examples, briefly explain how microeconomic reforms have 4
brought about massive changes in the structure and operation of Australian
industries.

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

(c) Explain why there is a ‘limit to the speed with which significant changes in 4
the workplace can be introduced’.

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

1996 © Board of Studies NSW 1996


11

E XAMINER’S USE O NLY S TUDENT NUMBER


Q. 22

C ENTRE NUMBER
1996
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTION II

2 2 . The table below gives selected economic data for a country. Marks

% change in Employed Unemployed


real output on Consumer Price persons persons
Year previous year Index (millions) (millions)
1 4·6 105 54·0 5·5
2 3·1 110 54·5 5·8
3 0·6 113 54·0 6·0
4 3·1 120 55·0 5·5
5 4·2 129 57·0 4·8

In parts (a) and (b), show all necessary working. Marks may be awarded for
relevant working.

(a) From the data in the table, calculate the unemployment rate in Year 3. 1 1
2
.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

(b) From the data in the table, calculate the inflation rate in Year 5. 1 1
2
.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

1996 Question 22 continues on page 12


12

22. (Continued) Marks


(c) What evidence in the table indicates that Year 3 was a period of relatively 3
low economic activity?

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

(d) Suggest appropriate macroeconomic policy measures to address the 4


problem of rising inflation evident in the table between Years 3 and 5.
Give reasons for your answer.

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

.......................................................................................

1996 © Board of Studies NSW 1996


13

1996
HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)—SECTIONS III AND IV

SECTION III
(20 Marks)
Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.
Both questions are of equal value.
Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.

EITHER

2 3 . With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on

Improving Australia’s Trade Performance.

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• problems associated with Australia’s recent trade performance;


• multilateral trade agreements aimed at improving Australia’s trade performance;
• other government policies designed to improve Australia’s trade performance.

One of the key objectives of APEC is to liberalise trade by reducing barriers such as
tariffs and difficult customs procedures. The benefits of greater liberalisation of
international trade include increased economic welfare, improved international
competitiveness and improved international relations.
D. CLARKE and B.J. WILLIAMS,
The Benefits and Costs of APEC: An Interdisciplinary Inquiry, 1995
Economics, October 1995

The APEC idea is catching. The World Trade Organisation is likely to follow the lead
given by the Asia–Pacific Economic Cooperation forum and commit itself to a global
free-trade area by 2020.
‘APEC sets the world standard for free trade’
The Australian, 26 February 1996

OR

1996
14

2 4 . With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on

Monetary Policy in Australia.

In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the meaning of ‘monetary policy’;


• current objectives of monetary policy;
• the way in which monetary policy currently operates;
• current problems in using monetary policy as a tool of economic management.

A central goal of economic policy is to ensure that unemployment continues to fall. To


achieve this it is necessary to avoid excessive inflation and current account pressures
that have accompanied, and ultimately constrained robust growth in the past . . .
Monetary policy is important in limiting the inflationary expectations of wage and price
setters. Given the . . . lags in its impact on the economy and the need to head off
inflationary pressures, monetary policy has been adjusted in the cycle and the monetary
authorities’ intentions have been made transparent.
Commonwealth of Australia, Budget Statements 1995–96,
Budget Paper No. 1, pp. 2:33–2:34
Reproduced by permission.

INFLATION, REAL GDP, AND CASH RATE: DECEMBER 1990 – DECEMBER 1995
6 16
5 14
12
4

Cash rate (%)


10
Percentage change
Real GDP, CPI

3 8
2 6
0·0 4
1
2
0 0

–1

–2
Dec. 90

Jun. 91

Dec. 91

Jun. 92

Dec. 92

Jun. 93

Dec. 93

Jun. 94

Dec. 94

Jun. 95

Dec. 95

KEY
CPI
Real GDP
Cash rate

1996
15

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)

Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.


Each question is worth 20 marks.
Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER

2 5 . Outline the role of employer organisations and employee organisations in the current
determination of wages and working conditions in Australian labour markets. How and
why does the government intervene in labour markets in Australia?

OR

2 6 . Distinguish between an award and an enterprise agreement. Why has Australia moved
towards a decentralised wage determination system? Discuss the effects of a decentralised
system of wage determination on the operation of labour markets in Australia.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

EITHER

2 7 . Compare the conduct of typical firms in TWO different market models. Outline the ways
in which the government might influence the conduct of these firms. Illustrate your
answer with examples from the Australian economy.

OR

2 8 . Outline the types of government policies designed to support industry in the Australian
economy. Examine the reasons for changes in governments’ approaches to industry
policies in recent years.

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER

2 9 . Outline the main sources of economic growth. Discuss the possible role of developed
nations in promoting growth in developing countries. Use examples to illustrate your
answer.

OR

3 0 . Outline the strategies that can be used by governments of less developed countries to
promote economic growth. Discuss the costs and benefits of a higher level of economic
development for developing countries. Use examples to illustrate your answer.

1996 Please turn over


16

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER

3 1 . Outline ways in which the Australian mining industry has changed in recent years. What
influences does the international sector have on the Australian mining industry? Explain
how the mining industry in Australia is affected by government environmental policies.

OR

3 2 . Outline the contribution of the agricultural sector to output and employment in the
Australian economy. What are the main problems currently faced by Australian
agricultural industries? Discuss policies governments can implement to overcome these
problems.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH

EITHER

3 3 . How is the inequality of income measured? Outline the costs and benefits for the
Australian economy of inequality in the distribution of income. Discuss government
policies designed to promote a more equitable distribution of income in Australia.

OR

3 4 . Distinguish between ‘income’ and ‘wealth’. Outline the factors influencing the
distribution of wealth in Australia. Discuss the problems faced by the Australian
Government in attempting to bring about a more equitable distribution of income and
wealth.

1996 © Board of Studies NSW 1996


N E W S O U T H W A L E S

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1995
ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT (COMMON)
Time allowed—Three hours
(Plus 5 minutes’ reading time)

DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES

• You may ask for extra Writing Booklets if you need them.
• Board-approved calculators may be used.

Section I (20 marks)


• Attempt ALL questions.
• Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
• Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.
Section II (20 marks)
• Attempt BOTH questions.
• Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
• Write your Student Number and Centre Number in the spaces provided on the first page of
each question.

Section III (20 marks)


• Attempt ONE question.
• Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.
Section IV (40 marks)
• Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.
• Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.

1995
2

SECTION I
(20 Marks)

Attempt ALL questions.


Mark your answers in pencil on the Answer Sheet provided.
Select the alternative A, B, C, or D that best answers the question.

1. In Economics, the incidence of tax refers to

(A) how often the tax is collected.


(B) those who ultimately pay the tax.
(C) the size of the tax threshold.
(D) those on whom the tax is initially levied.

2. Structural unemployment occurs when

(A) workers’ skills are no longer appropriate.


(B) firms are forced to close down because of a recession.
(C) school leavers are unable to find a job.
(D) seasonal conditions result in workers being laid off.

3. Consider the following simple income-tax schedule.

Taxable income Marginal tax rate


$1 – $25 000 20%
$25 001 – $35 000 30%
$35 001 – $50 000 40%
$50 000 and over 50%

For an individual with a taxable income of $40 000, the average rate of tax is

(A) 10%.
(B) 25%.
(C) 40%.
(D) 45%.

4. A feature of pure competition is

(A) barriers to entry facing new firms.


(B) homogeneous products.
(C) wide variations in prices between firms.
(D) a limited number of producers with large monopoly power.

1995
3

5. For a commodity with normally sloped supply and demand curves, the imposition by the
Government of a maximum price set below the existing free-market equilibrium price will
initially cause

(A) an expansion in supply and a contraction in demand.


(B) an expansion in both supply and demand.
(C) a contraction in supply and an expansion in demand.
(D) a contraction in both supply and demand.

6. A subsidy granted to an industry would cause

(A) excess supply and then a fall in price.


(B) excess supply and then a rise in price.
(C) excess demand and then a rise in price.
(D) excess demand and then a fall in price.

7. Privatization involves

(A) the transfer of assets from the public sector to the private sector.
(B) enterprises facing increased competition from the public sector.
(C) outlawing practices that reduce competition between the public sector and the
private sector.
(D) forcing government enterprises to behave exactly as if they were private
enterprises.

8. Two indicators of a tightening in fiscal policy in Australia would be

(A) higher interest rates and reduced government spending.


(B) higher tax rates and reduced government spending.
(C) increased government spending and lower tax rates.
(D) lower tax rates and lower rates of interest.

9. If the rate of growth of GDP were to increase following a recession, then with no change
in discretionary government policy

(A) the structural component of the Federal budget deficit would increase.
(B) the cyclical component of the Federal budget deficit would increase.
(C) the structural component of the Federal budget deficit would decrease.
(D) the cyclical component of the Federal budget deficit would decrease.

1995
4

10. If over the next twelve months the labour force were to grow by 3% and output per
person employed were to grow by 1%, then the minimum GDP growth rate necessary to
prevent the unemployment rate increasing would be

(A) 2%.
(B) 3%.
(C) 4%.
(D) 5%.

11. The purchase of Government securities by the Reserve Bank on the open market will tend
to

(A) increase liquidity and reduce interest rates.


(B) increase liquidity and increase interest rates.
(C) reduce liquidity and increase interest rates.
(D) reduce liquidity and reduce interest rates.

12. The ‘crowding-out’ effect refers to

(A) actions taken by Australia’s trading competitors to capture our export markets.
(B) competition between banks and other financial institutions for funds.
(C) a reduction in the public-sector borrowing requirement in the budget.
(D) government borrowings causing a decrease in private investment spending.

13. One effect of using a policy of raising interest rates to restrain domestic demand in
Australia is that

(A) there will be an outflow of foreign capital.


(B) the Australian dollar will tend to appreciate.
(C) there will be an increase in investment spending.
(D) the budget deficit will decrease.

14. ‘Enterprise bargaining’ is a system of wage determination in which

(A) a decision on wage increases for all workers is handed down by the Australian
Industrial Relations Commission.
(B) unions decide the extent of wage increases according to productivity improvements.
(C) workers or unions meet with management in individual work places to decide on
wage increases.
(D) cost of living considerations are the main factors taken into account by workers and
management when deciding on wage increases.

1995
5

15. The following diagram shows aggregate demand and aggregate supply curves for a
country.

AS1 AS2

Price
level

AD

0
Real GDP

A shift of the aggregate supply curve from AS1 to AS2 could be caused by

(A) a fall in government spending on goods and services.


(B) a rise in government spending on goods and services.
(C) a rise in per-unit production costs due to managerial problems.
(D) a fall in per-unit production costs due to microeconomic reform.

16. If a country experiences a decline in its terms of trade, then

(A) the prices of its exports have risen relative to the prices of its imports.
(B) the volume of its exports has risen relative to the volume of its imports.
(C) the prices of its imports have risen relative to the prices of its exports.
(D) the volume of its imports has risen relative to the volume of its exports.

17. The purchase of shares in an Australian company by Japanese investors will appear in
Australia’s balance of payments as

(A) a credit on capital account.


(B) a credit on current account.
(C) a debit on capital account.
(D) a debit on current account.

18. Reduced tariff protection for an Australian industry will

(A) increase the price of the product to the domestic consumer.


(B) eliminate the foreign product from the Australian market.
(C) increase employment in the domestic industry in the short term.
(D) decrease the share of the domestic market for Australian firms.

1995
6

19. OCEANIA UTOPIA

Wheat Wheat
(tonnes) (tonnes)

100
80

Wool Wool
180 (bales) 100 (bales)

The diagram shows the production possibilities for two countries, Oceania and Utopia, in
the production of two commodities, wool and wheat. (Opportunity costs of production
are constant in each country.)

(A) Oceania has a comparative advantage in the production of wool.


(B) Oceania has a comparative advantage in the production of wool and wheat.
(C) Utopia has a comparative advantage in the production of wool and wheat.
(D) Utopia has a comparative advantage in the production of wool.

20. An increase in the demand for Australian dollars on the foreign exchange market will
result from

(A) more Australian tourists travelling to overseas destinations.


(B) foreign speculators expecting the Australian dollar to depreciate.
(C) a lowering of domestic interest rates by the Reserve Bank.
(D) foreign investors increasing their purchase of shares in Australian companies.

1995
7

BLANK PAGE

1995
8

BLANK PAGE

© Board of Studies NSW 1995

1995
9

EXAMINER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER


Q 21

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION CENTRE NUMBER


ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT COMMON

SECTION II
(20 Marks)

Attempt BOTH questions.


Answer the questions in the spaces provided in this paper.
All questions are of equal value.

BLANK PAGE

1995 Please turn over


10

Marks
21. The table below is based on recent Australian balance of payments figures.

THE BALANCE OF PAYMENTS


($ million)
THE CURRENT ACCOUNT

1991–92 1992–93 1993–94


Merchandise Trade
Exports f.o.b. 54 874 60 022 63 872
Imports f.o.b. –51 055 –59 427 –64 401
Balance on merchandise trade 3 819 595 –529
Services
Net services –2 243 –2 414 –1 110
Balance on goods and services 1 576 –1 819 –1 639
Income
Net income –15 788 –14 245 –14 580
Unrequited transfers
Net unrequited transfers 2 241 727 275
Balance on current account –11 971 –15 337 –15 944

THE CAPITAL ACCOUNT

1991–92 1992–93 1993–94


Net capital transactions
Official
General Government 2 722 11 630 5 779
Reserve Bank 3 950 3 989 –1 104
Total net official 6 672 15 619 4 675
Non-official
(i.e. foreign investment in
Australia minus investment
abroad)
Total net non-official, including
balancing item 5 299 –282 11 269
Balance on capital account 11 971 15 337 15 944

From ABC catalogue 5302.0, June Qtr 1994.


Copyright in ABC data resides with the Commonwealth of Australia. Used with permission.

1995
11

21. (Continued) Marks


(a) Define ‘balance of payments’. 2
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

(b) Using the table, give reasons for the change in the balance on current 3
account since 1991–92.

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

(c) Explain the reason for the relationship between the capital account balance 2
and the current account balance.

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

1995 Question 21 continues on page 12


12

21. (Continued) Marks


(d) Why might the Government seek to reduce the current account deficit? 3
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

© Board of Studies NSW 1995

1995
13

EXAMINER’S USE ONLY STUDENT NUMBER

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION CENTRE NUMBER


ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT COMMON

Marks
22. The graph below shows the behaviour of a representative short-term interest rate
and a representative long-term interest rate in Australia for the period 1984–94.

INTEREST RATES: 1984–1994

20
18
16
14 Short-term
Percentage

12 (cash rate)
10
8
6
4 Long-term
2 (10-year bond rate)
0
Jun. 1984
Dec. 1984
Jun. 1985
Dec. 1985
Jun. 1986
Dec. 1986
Jun. 1987
Dec. 1987
Jun. 1988
Dec. 1988
Jun. 1989
Dec. 1989
Jun. 1990
Dec. 1990
Jun. 1991
Dec. 1991
Jun. 1992
Dec. 1992
Jun. 1993
Dec. 1993
Jun. 1994
Dec. 1994
(a) What are interest rates? 1
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

(b) What factors have influenced the level of interest rates in Australia over the 3
last decade?

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

1995 Question 22 continues on page 14


14

22. (Continued) Marks


(c) How can changes in interest rates affect the level of economic activity? 3
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

(d) How can changes in interest rates affect the value of the Australian dollar? 3
.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................

© Board of Studies NSW 1995

1995
15

HIGHER SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION


ECONOMICS
2/3 UNIT COMMON

SECTIONS III AND IV

BLANK PAGE

1995 Please turn over


16

SECTION III
(20 Marks)
Attempt EITHER Question 23 OR Question 24.
Answer the question in a separate Writing Booklet.
All questions are of equal value.

EITHER

23. With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on
Economic Growth and Unemployment in Australia.
In your essay include some discussion of the following points:
• recent trends in economic growth in Australia;
• the importance of maintaining strong economic growth to reduce the level of
unemployment;
• external and internal constraints on growth;
• government policies to maintain a strong growth rate.

GDP GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT IN AUSTRALIA


Growth rate in real GDP (%)

10
10

Unemployment rate (%)


8
8
6
6
4
2 4
0 2
–2 0
1990

1992

1994
1980

1986
1988
1982

1984

KEY
Growth rate in real gross domestic product (%)
Unemployment rate (%)

For Australia to reduce its unemployment rate to 5 per cent by the year 2000, the
economy would need to grow at an average annual rate of between 4·5 per cent and
5 per cent. This can be done, but only if Australia is sufficiently competitive . . .
The relaxation of the inflationary constraint to faster economic growth allows the
potential production of the unemployed and discouraged workers to be tapped.

Committee on Employment Opportunities, Restoring Full Employment, 1993, p 51, AGPS.


© Commonwealth of Australia, reproduced by permission.

OR

1995
17

24. With the assistance of the following information and using your knowledge of
Economics, write an essay on
Microeconomic Reform in Australia.
In your essay, include some discussion of the following points:

• the meaning of the term ‘microeconomic reform’;


• examples of recent microeconomic reforms;
• reasons for microeconomic reform;
• possible effects of microeconomic reform in the Australian economy.

INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVENESS

130
120
Unit labour cost
110 Competitiveness index
100
90
80
70
June 1981

June 1983

June 1985

June 1987

June 1989

June 1991

June 1993

June 1994
Budget Statements 1993-94, paper no. 1, p 2.37 Chart 30.
© Commonwealth of Australia, reproduced by permission.

(Base year 1989–90 = 100)


A fall in this index represents an improvement in competitiveness.

Successful microeconomics means also that the skills of the workforce and the quantity
and quality of the stock of plant and equipment are built up and then deployed in the
ways that take greatest advantage of developments of new products, new techniques,
and new market opportunities. Hence the pace of advance of the society’s material
welfare is maximized.

State of Play 6, INDECS. Courtesy allen and Unwin.

1995
18

SECTION IV
(40 Marks)

Attempt TWO questions, each from a different option.


Answer each question in a separate Writing Booklet.
All questions are of equal value.

LABOUR ECONOMICS

EITHER

25. What have been the main changes in the methods of wage determination in Australia over
the last decade? What are the main benefits sought from the movement towards a system
of enterprise bargaining? Discuss the potential disadvantages of this system for the
management of the Australian economy.

OR

26. What factors determine the demand for labour and the supply of labour in the Australian
economy? How are these factors affected by the business cycle? Illustrate your answer
with reference to the Australian economy.

INDUSTRY ECONOMICS

EITHER

27. How does the determination of the price-and-output policy of a producer in an


oligopolistic market differ from that of a producer in a more competitive market structure?
Why are so many Australian markets oligopolistic? What are the consequences of this
for the conduct and performance of Australian industries?

OR

28. How can the degree of competition in a market be identified? In what ways, and for what
reasons, has the Government sought to encourage more competition within Australian
markets?

DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS

EITHER

29. What are the main indicators of the level of economic development of a country? Use
examples to contrast the level of development in different countries. What problems are
likely to be encountered in attempting to promote global equality?

OR

30. What is the difference between economic growth and economic development? Using
examples, discuss alternative development strategies for less-developed countries.

1995
19

ECONOMICS OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

EITHER

31. What are the major influences on the level of farm incomes in the Australian agricultural
sector? Using specific examples, discuss measures taken by the Australian Government
to assist the agricultural sector.

OR

32. What is the contribution of the mining sector to the Australian economy? What current
problems and issues does the mining sector face? Discuss the possible impact of
government policies on the future of mining in this country.

DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND WEALTH

EITHER

33. How do market forces influence the distribution of income in Australia? What role do
institutional and social factors have in affecting this distribution? Discuss the impact of
government policies on the distribution of income in Australia.

OR

34. Distinguish between absolute and relative poverty. Why do some groups in Australia
earn incomes below the poverty line? Discuss the effectiveness of government policies
designed to help low-income earners in Australia.

1995
20

BLANK PAGE

1995
21

BLANK PAGE

1995
22

BLANK PAGE

© Board of Studies NSW 1995

1995

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy